WO2021196980A1 - Multi-screen interaction method, electronic device, and computer-readable storage medium - Google Patents

Multi-screen interaction method, electronic device, and computer-readable storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021196980A1
WO2021196980A1 PCT/CN2021/079475 CN2021079475W WO2021196980A1 WO 2021196980 A1 WO2021196980 A1 WO 2021196980A1 CN 2021079475 W CN2021079475 W CN 2021079475W WO 2021196980 A1 WO2021196980 A1 WO 2021196980A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
screen
application
applications
electronic device
view element
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/079475
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
陈文军
王雷
刘霖
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2021196980A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021196980A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/026Details of the structure or mounting of specific components
    • H04M1/0266Details of the structure or mounting of specific components for a display module assembly
    • H04M1/0268Details of the structure or mounting of specific components for a display module assembly including a flexible display panel
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02Constructional features of telephone sets
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72448User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for adapting the functionality of the device according to specific conditions

Definitions

  • This application belongs to the field of terminal technology, and in particular relates to a multi-screen interaction method, electronic equipment, and computer-readable storage media.
  • This application provides a multi-screen interaction method, electronic equipment, and computer-readable storage medium, which can display application interfaces of multiple applications on the screen of a terminal for users to view.
  • this application provides a multi-screen interaction method, which is applied to an electronic device equipped with a foldable display screen, and the method includes:
  • the foldable display screen of the electronic device when the foldable display screen of the electronic device is in a multi-screen display state, the foldable display screen includes at least two screen areas, and the electronic device determines when it receives a touch operation on the first screen area The view element corresponding to the touch operation, wherein the first screen area is any screen area of the multiple screens, and the view element is an element in the application interface currently displayed in the first screen area; the electronic device responds to the touch operation
  • at least one screen area other than the above-mentioned first screen area displays the application associated with the above-mentioned view element, or: the application currently displayed in the first screen area is transferred to the background to run, and in several of the above-mentioned multi-screens Each screen area displays the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements.
  • displaying the application associated with the above-mentioned view element in at least one screen area except the first screen area can reduce the occlusion caused by displaying the application associated with the above-mentioned view element on the first screen area, and make full use of
  • the display area of the screen displays the application interface of multiple applications on the screen, which is convenient for users to view.
  • the application currently displayed in the first screen area is transferred to the background to run, and the application associated with the above view element is displayed on several screen areas in the above-mentioned multi-screen.
  • Application which is convenient for users to view the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements at the same time.
  • the aforementioned touch operations include, but are not limited to, pressing/long-pressing touch operations, dragging touch operations, sliding touch operations, double-tapping touch operations, and tapping touch operations.
  • the application associated with the above-mentioned view element can be obtained through the application index list.
  • the above-mentioned application index list may be preset, and the association relationship between the preset keywords and the application is stored, so that the application corresponding to the above-mentioned keyword can be quickly indexed from the application index list through the keyword.
  • the above-mentioned keywords may be keywords that are identified and extracted from the above-mentioned view elements.
  • At least one screen area of the multi-screen except the first screen area displays the application associated with the view element, including: if the number of screen areas M-1 is greater than or equal to the number N of applications associated with the view element, Then, in M-1 screen areas, the top L applications selected from the N applications associated with the view elements are displayed, where 1 ⁇ L ⁇ M-1, and L is an integer, the index weight It is the weight indexed to a certain application based on keywords. or:
  • the top M-2 is ranked Applications, the last remaining screen area displays the top P applications selected from the remaining N-M+2 applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements, where 1 ⁇ P ⁇ N-M+2, and P is an integer. or:
  • N screen areas are selected from the M-1 screen areas, and the above-mentioned view elements are displayed in the selected N screen areas.
  • the electronic device in order to reduce the screen area occupied by applications with lower index weights among the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements, so as to facilitate users to quickly browse multiple applications of interest, the electronic device may be in M-1
  • the screen area displays the top L applications in index weights selected from the N applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements.
  • the electronic device in order to improve the user’s browsing experience and make it easier for the user to view all the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements, the electronic device can select M-2 screen areas from the M-1 screen areas.
  • a screen area displays the top M-2 apps in index weights selected from the applications associated with the N above-mentioned view elements, and the last remaining screen area displays the remaining N-M+2 above-mentioned view elements.
  • the selected index ranked in the top P applications among the linked applications.
  • the electronic device can classify the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements and classify the applications of the same type. Allocate to the same screen area to display.
  • the application currently displayed in the first screen area is turned to run in the background, and the application associated with the above-mentioned view element is displayed on several screen areas in the above-mentioned multi-screen, including:
  • the top Q applications selected from the N applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements are displayed in M screen areas, where , 1 ⁇ Q ⁇ M, and Q is an integer; or:
  • the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements are classified, and applications of the same type are allocated to the same screen area for display.
  • the electronic device can display the top Q applications selected from the N applications associated with the above view elements in M screen areas.
  • the electronic device can select M-1 screen areas from the M screen areas.
  • the selected M-1 screen areas display the top M-1 applications with index weights selected from the applications associated with the N above-mentioned view elements, and the remaining N-M+ from the remaining last screen area
  • One of the applications associated with the above-mentioned view element is selected with an index ranking in the top R application.
  • the electronic device can classify the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements and classify the applications of the same type. Allocate to the same screen area to display.
  • the application index list stores preset index weights corresponding to each application, that is, an application corresponds to an index weight.
  • the index weight can be adjusted according to the frequency of use of the application by the user, and the higher the frequency of use of the application, the higher the corresponding index weight.
  • the frequency of use referred to here is the frequency with which the user clicks on the displayed application after the electronic device displays the application associated with the view element in the screen area.
  • the electronic device can adjust the index weight corresponding to the application according to the frequency of the user clicking the application within a period of time.
  • the electronic device when the foldable display screen is in the full-screen display state, when the electronic device receives a touch operation on the screen, it determines the view element corresponding to the touch operation, wherein the view element is the currently displayed view element.
  • the element in the application interface, the above-mentioned screen includes multiple screen areas; the electronic device responds to the above-mentioned touch operation, selects a screen area from the above-mentioned multiple screen areas to display the interface currently displayed on the above-mentioned screen, except for the selected multiple screen areas At least one screen area outside of the screen area displays an application associated with the above-mentioned view element; or: displays an application associated with the above-mentioned view element in the above multiple screen areas.
  • displaying the application associated with the above-mentioned view element in at least one screen area other than the selected screen area can reduce the cost of displaying the application associated with the above-mentioned view element on the selected screen area. It also makes full use of the display area of the screen, and displays the application interface of multiple applications on the screen, which is convenient for users to view.
  • displaying the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements on several screen areas of the above-mentioned multi-screens realizes that applications associated with multiple view elements are displayed on the screen, so that people can view the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements at the same time. .
  • the electronic device switches the display state of the foldable display screen from the full-screen display state to the multi-screen display state, that is, the screen of the foldable display screen includes at least two Screen area.
  • the top M-2 is ranked Applications, the last remaining screen area displays the top P applications selected from the remaining N-M+2 applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements, where 1 ⁇ P ⁇ N-M+2, and P is an integer. or:
  • N screen areas are selected from the M-1 screen areas, and the above-mentioned view elements are displayed in the selected N screen areas.
  • the electronic device in order to reduce the screen area occupied by applications with lower index weights among the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements, so as to facilitate users to quickly browse multiple applications of interest, the electronic device can be used in M-1
  • the screen area displays the top L applications in index weights selected from the N applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements.
  • the electronic device in order to improve the user’s browsing experience and make it easier for the user to view all the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements, the electronic device can select M-2 screen areas from the M-1 screen areas.
  • a screen area displays the top M-2 applications in index weights selected from the applications associated with the N above-mentioned view elements, and the remaining last screen area displays the remaining N-M+2 above-mentioned view elements.
  • the selected index ranked in the top P applications among the linked applications.
  • the electronic device can classify the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements and classify the applications of the same type. Allocate to the same screen area to display.
  • displaying the application associated with the view element in the multiple screen areas includes:
  • the top Q applications selected from the N applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements are displayed in M screen areas, where , 1 ⁇ Q ⁇ M, and Q is an integer; or:
  • the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements are classified, and applications of the same type are allocated to the same screen area for display.
  • the electronic device can display the top Q applications selected from the N applications associated with the above view elements in M screen areas.
  • the electronic device can select M-1 screen areas from the M screen areas.
  • the selected M-1 screen areas display the top M-1 applications with index weights selected from the applications associated with the N above-mentioned view elements, and the remaining N-M+ from the remaining last screen area
  • One of the applications associated with the above-mentioned view element is selected with an index ranking in the top R application.
  • the electronic device can classify the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements and classify the applications of the same type. Allocate to the same screen area to display.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device responds to a touch operation, it recognizes and extracts keywords from the view element that the above touch operation acts on, and obtains the first keyword corresponding to the above view element. After obtaining the first keyword corresponding to the above view element The electronic device displays the first keyword corresponding to the above-mentioned view element in the first screen area or the selected screen area, and determines the corresponding application according to the first keyword, and the determined application is the application associated with the above-mentioned view element.
  • the electronic device may also classify the obtained first keyword according to The classification result determines the second keyword; according to the second keyword, the application associated with the above-mentioned view element is obtained from the application index list.
  • the displayed screen area may be randomly allocated to the application associated with the above-mentioned view element, or after the application associated with the above-mentioned view element is obtained, the index weight corresponding to the application associated with the above-mentioned view element may be obtained, according to each The index weight corresponding to the application determines the screen area where the application associated with the above-mentioned view element is displayed.
  • Each screen area is correspondingly set with a corresponding screen display priority.
  • An application with a higher index weight has a higher screen display priority corresponding to the determined screen area.
  • the electronic device after determining the second keyword according to the classification result, establishes an association relationship between the first keyword and the second keyword, so that the first keyword can be quickly found through the second keyword, so that the electronic device
  • the application associated with the view element is displayed in the screen area, the corresponding first keyword can be displayed on the interface of the displayed application, which improves the display efficiency of the first keyword.
  • the display state of the foldable display screen is acquired, where the display state includes a full-screen display state and a multi-screen display state, and the full-screen display state is available
  • the display area of the foldable display is displayed on the full screen, that is, the number of display areas of the foldable display is one
  • the multi-screen display state is that the foldable display is in two or more screen areas
  • the display area of the foldable display screen is displayed, that is, the number of display areas of the foldable display screen is two or more.
  • the display area of the foldable display screen is divided according to a preset division rule to obtain M screen areas. If the display state of the foldable display is the multi-screen display state, determine whether the foldable display is currently in the expanded state, if the foldable display is currently in the expanded state, obtain the number N of applications associated with the view element, If the number N of applications associated with the view element is greater than the number M of the screen area of the foldable display, the electronic device divides the display area of the foldable display according to a preset division rule, and updates the number of screen areas.
  • the number M is the number of screen areas obtained after division.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device divides the display area of the foldable display screen according to a preset division rule, it compares the number of divisions corresponding to the preset division rule with the number N of applications associated with the view element, and determines the number of divisions. A preset division rule whose number is closest to the number N of applications associated with the view element, and then the display area of the foldable display screen is divided according to the determined preset division rule.
  • the preset division rules may include the following three types: 1. The display area of the electronic device 100 is divided according to the number of divisions set by the user. 2. Determine the number of divisions of the display area according to the preset area threshold and the display area of the electronic device, and divide the display area of the electronic device according to the determined number of divisions. 3. Determine the number of divisions of the display area according to the preset area threshold, the display area of the electronic device 100, and the number of applications that need to be displayed, and divide the display area of the electronic device according to the determined number of divisions.
  • the purpose of dividing the display area of the foldable display screen is to facilitate the display of applications associated with view elements in other screen areas other than the screen area to which the current application interface belongs, so that users can quickly browse and view The application associated with the element and improves the user's visual experience.
  • the above method further includes: setting the name of each screen area and the corresponding display priority, where the display priority is the priority of the screen area display application The higher the display priority of the screen area, the higher the priority of the above-mentioned screen area display application.
  • the display area is allocated to the application associated with the view element, the corresponding screen area is allocated to the application according to the preset allocation rule.
  • the electronic device determines the corresponding screen area according to the index weight corresponding to the application associated with the view element.
  • the preset allocation rule is to allocate the corresponding screen area to the application according to the corresponding relationship between the screen display priority and the index weight of the application.
  • an index weight corresponding to each application is stored in the application index list, where the index weight is specifically a weight indexed to a certain application according to a keyword.
  • the above method further includes: obtaining the index weight corresponding to the application associated with the view element, and determining the application displayed in each screen area according to the index weight corresponding to each application.
  • the electronic device displays the first keyword and the corresponding search result on the interface displayed by the application startup, which reduces the user’s need to enter the first keyword. Operation improves the user experience.
  • the present application provides an electronic device including one or more memories, a foldable display screen, and one or more memories.
  • the one or more memories are coupled with one or more processors, the foldable display screen is in communication with the one or more processors, and the one or more memories are used to store computer program codes, and the computer program codes include computer instructions
  • the electronic device is caused to execute the multi-screen interaction method in any one of the possible implementation manners of any one of the foregoing aspects.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions, which when the computer instructions run on an electronic device, cause the electronic device to execute any of the possible implementations of any of the foregoing aspects. Screen interaction method.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product that, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the multi-screen interaction method in any one of the possible implementations of any of the foregoing aspects.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a group of foldable display screens provided by an embodiment of the present application; in which:
  • FIG. 2(A) is a schematic diagram of a foldable display screen with only one bending position in an unfolded state according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2(B) is a schematic diagram of a foldable display screen with two bending positions in an unfolded state according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2(C) and (D) are schematic diagrams of the foldable display screen as shown in FIG. 2(A), which is provided by an embodiment of the present application, is switched from a folded state to an unfolded state or from an unfolded state to a folded state;
  • Figures 2(E) and (F) are schematic diagrams of the foldable display screen as shown in Figure 2(B) switching from a folded state to an unfolded state or from an unfolded state to a folded state according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of the software structure of the electronic device 100 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of a set of screen display interfaces provided by an embodiment of the present application; among them:
  • FIG. 4(A) is a schematic diagram of a screen display interface in which a user touches a view element displayed on the screen display interface when the foldable display screen is in a folded state according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 4(B) is a schematic diagram of a screen display interface when the foldable display screen shown in FIG. 4(A) is switched from a folded state to an unfolded state according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 4(C) is a schematic diagram of a screen display interface when the foldable display screen shown in FIG. 4(A) is in an unfolded state according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 4(D) is a schematic diagram of another screen display interface when the foldable display screen shown in FIG. 4(A) is switched from a folded state to an unfolded state according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 4(E) is a schematic diagram of another screen display interface when the foldable display screen shown in FIG. 4(A) is in an unfolded state according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 4(F) is a schematic diagram of another screen display interface when the foldable display screen shown in FIG. 4(A) is in an unfolded state according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 4(G) is a schematic diagram of another screen display interface when the foldable display screen shown in FIG. 4(A) is in an unfolded state according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 4(H) is a schematic diagram of another screen display interface when the foldable display screen shown in FIG. 4(A) is in an unfolded state according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 4(I) is a schematic diagram of another screen display interface when the foldable display screen shown in FIG. 4(A) is in an unfolded state according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining an application based on view elements according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining an application based on view elements provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining an application displayed in a screen area according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a multi-screen interaction method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another multi-screen interaction method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic diagram of another set of screen display interfaces provided by an embodiment of the present application; among them:
  • FIG. 10(A) is a schematic diagram of a screen display interface when a user touches a view element when a foldable display screen is in an unfolded state and is in a multi-screen display state according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 10(B) is a schematic diagram of a screen display interface correspondingly displayed after responding to the touch operation as shown in FIG. 10(A) according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 10(C) is a schematic diagram of another screen display interface correspondingly displayed after responding to the touch operation as shown in FIG. 10(A) according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 10(D) is a schematic diagram of a correspondingly displayed screen interface in response to a user's touch operation on a view element according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another set of screen display interfaces provided by an embodiment of the present application; among them:
  • FIG. 11(A) is a screen interface corresponding to a touch operation when the user drags a view element in one screen area to another screen area when the foldable display screen is in an expanded state and is displayed on multiple screens according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11(B) provides a schematic diagram of a screen display interface correspondingly displayed after responding to the touch operation as shown in FIG. 11(A) according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of another set of screen display interfaces provided by an embodiment of the present application; among them:
  • FIG. 12(A) is a schematic diagram of a screen display interface when a user touches a view element when a foldable display screen is in an expanded state and is displayed in a full screen according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 12(B) is a schematic diagram of a screen display interface correspondingly displayed after responding to the touch operation as shown in FIG. 12(A) according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 12(C) is a schematic diagram of another screen interface correspondingly displayed in response to a user's touch operation on a view element according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 1 is only an example, and the electronic device 100 may have more or fewer components than those shown in FIG. 1, two or more components may be combined, or Can have different component configurations.
  • the various components shown in the figure may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
  • the electronic device 100 may include: a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2.
  • Mobile communication module 150 wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, buttons 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display 194, And subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195 and so on.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than those shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or arrange different components.
  • the illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units.
  • the processor 110 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor ( image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU), etc.
  • AP application processor
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • NPU neural-network processing unit
  • the different processing units may be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
  • the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100.
  • the controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching instructions and executing instructions.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 to store instructions and data.
  • the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory.
  • the memory can store instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, and the efficiency of the system is improved.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface can include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuitsound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, and a universal asynchronous receiver /transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and/or Universal serial bus (USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous receiver /transmitter
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB Universal serial bus
  • the I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL).
  • the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled to the touch sensor 180K, charger, flash, camera 193, etc., respectively through different I2C bus interfaces.
  • the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K through an I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface to implement the touch function of the electronic device 100.
  • the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled with the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170.
  • the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through an I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset.
  • the PCM interface can also be used for audio communication to sample, quantize and encode analog signals.
  • the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface.
  • the audio module 170 may also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication.
  • the bus can be a two-way communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication.
  • the UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160.
  • the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to realize the Bluetooth function.
  • the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through a UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through a Bluetooth headset.
  • the MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the display screen 194, the camera 193 and other peripheral devices.
  • the MIPI interface includes a camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), a display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), and so on.
  • the processor 110 and the camera 193 communicate through a CSI interface to implement the shooting function of the electronic device 100.
  • the processor 110 and the display screen 194 communicate through a DSI interface to realize the display function of the electronic device 100.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured through software.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal.
  • the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193, the display screen 194, the wireless communication module 160, the audio module 170, the sensor module 180, and so on.
  • the GPIO interface can also be configured as an I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
  • the USB interface 130 is an interface that complies with the USB standard specification, and specifically may be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and so on.
  • the USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100, and can also be used to transfer data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect earphones and play audio through earphones. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
  • the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention is merely a schematic description, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
  • the charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
  • the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive the charging input of the wired charger through the USB interface 130.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive the wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100. While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142, it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 141.
  • the power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the external memory, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160.
  • the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance).
  • the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
  • the antenna 1 and the antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in the electronic device 100 can be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization.
  • Antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network.
  • the antenna can be used in combination with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to the electronic device 100.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, a switch, a power amplifier, a low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves by the antenna 1, and perform processing such as filtering, amplifying and transmitting the received electromagnetic waves to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation via the antenna 1.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
  • the modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal.
  • the demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, etc.), or displays an image or video through the display screen 194.
  • the modem processor may be an independent device.
  • the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110 and be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), and global navigation satellite systems. (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication (NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions.
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • BT Bluetooth
  • GNSS global navigation satellite system
  • FM frequency modulation
  • NFC near field communication
  • IR infrared technology
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110.
  • the wireless communication module 160 may also receive a signal to be sent from the processor 110, perform frequency modulation, amplify, and convert it into electromagnetic waves to radiate through the antenna 2.
  • the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband code Wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC, FM , And/or IR technology, etc.
  • the GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou satellite navigation system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi- Zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • BDS Beidou satellite navigation system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite-based augmentation systems
  • the electronic device 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • the GPU is an image processing microprocessor, which is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor.
  • the GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations and is used for graphics rendering.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, and the like.
  • the display screen 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can use liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (organic light-emitting diode, OLED), active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode).
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • OLED organic light-emitting diode
  • OLED organic light-emitting diode
  • active-matrix organic light-emitting diode active-matrix organic light-emitting diode
  • AMOLED flexible light-emitting diode
  • FLED flexible light-emitting diode
  • Miniled MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), etc.
  • the electronic device 100 may include one or N display screens 194, and N is a positive
  • the display screen 194 in FIG. 1 may be bent.
  • the above-mentioned display screen 194 can be bent means that the display screen can be bent at any position to any angle, and can be maintained at that angle.
  • the display screen 194 can be folded in half from the center, or can be folded in half from the center.
  • the display screen that can be bent is referred to as a foldable display screen.
  • the foldable display screen may be one screen, or a display screen formed by patching together multiple screens, which is not limited here.
  • the foldable display screen may include at least two physical forms: an expanded form and a folded form.
  • the foldable display is in an unfolded form, that is, the left and right ends of the middle bending part of the foldable display that can be folded in half from the middle (if the foldable display is folded up and down) , Is the upper and lower ends of the middle bending part of the foldable display screen)
  • the included angle is between 180 degrees and the first angle, where the first angle is greater than 0 degrees and less than 180 degrees, for example, the first angle can be 90 degrees.
  • the foldable display screen is in an unfolded form, which means that the folding display screen 2 can be folded in half from the left and right sides of 1/3 and 2/3 of the folding display screen 2.
  • the left and right ends of the bending part if the folding display is folded up and down, it is the upper and lower ends of the 1/3 and 2/3 of the folding part of the foldable display).
  • the angle formed is 180 degrees and the first angle Among them, the first angle is greater than 0 degrees and less than 180 degrees, for example, the first angle may be 90 degrees.
  • the foldable display screen can also be in a folded form, that is, the left and right ends of the middle bending part of the foldable display screen (if the foldable display screen is folded up and down, The angle formed by the upper and lower ends of the middle bending part of the foldable display screen is between 0 degrees and the first angle; as shown in (E) and (F) in Figure 2, the foldable display screen It can also be in a folded form, that is, the left and right ends of the 1/3 and 2/3 of the foldable display screen (if the folding display is folded up and down, it is 1/3 and 2 of the foldable display screen). The angle formed by the upper and lower ends of the /3 bending part) is between 0 degrees and the first angle.
  • the foldable display screen is a two-fold display screen, and the display area of the foldable display screen after entering the folded form can be divided into a first screen area and a second screen area.
  • the foldable display screen can be folded in the direction facing the first screen area and the second screen area in the unfolded state, or it can be folded in the direction opposite to the first screen area and the second screen area; in some
  • the left and right ends of the middle bending part of the foldable display screen (if the foldable display screen is folded up and down, the upper and lower ends of the middle bending part of the foldable display screen) can form an angle of 0 degrees To +180 degrees.
  • the foldable display screen can be bent toward the direction facing the first screen area and the second screen area into a folded form with an angle of 30 degrees, or it can be turned toward the first screen area and the second screen area.
  • the opposite direction is bent into a folded configuration with an included angle of 30 degrees.
  • the foldable display is a three-fold display.
  • the display area of the foldable display after entering the folded form can be divided into a first screen area and a second screen. Area and third screen area.
  • the foldable display screen can be folded in the direction in which the first screen area and the second screen area face each other, and the second screen area and the third screen area are opposite to each other in the unfolded form, or it can face the first screen area and the third screen area.
  • the second screen area is opposite to each other, and the second screen area and the third screen area face each other.
  • the electronic device 100 can use one or more of a gravity sensor, an acceleration sensor, and a gyroscope to determine whether the foldable display screen is in a folded configuration or an unfolded configuration, and can also determine whether the foldable display screen is in an unfolded configuration. Whether it is in portrait mode or landscape mode.
  • the electronic device 100 can also detect the bending angle of the foldable display screen through a gravity sensor, an acceleration touch sensor, and a gyroscope. Then, the electronic device 100 can determine the foldable display according to the bending angle. Whether the screen is in a folded form or an expanded form.
  • the electronic device 100 can also use one or more of a gravity sensor, an acceleration sensor, and a gyroscope to determine the orientation of the foldable display screen in the folded configuration, and then determine the display area of the interface content output by the display system. For example, when the first screen area of the foldable display screen faces upward with respect to the ground, the electronic device 100 may display the interface content output by the display system on the first screen area. When the second screen area of the foldable display screen faces upward with respect to the ground, the electronic device 100 can display the interface content output by the display system on the second screen area.
  • a gravity sensor for example, when the first screen area of the foldable display screen faces upward with respect to the ground, the electronic device 100 may display the interface content output by the display system on the first screen area.
  • the electronic device 100 can display the interface content output by the display system on the second screen area.
  • the electronic device 100 may further include an angle sensor (not shown in FIG. 1).
  • the angle sensor may be disposed at a bending position of the foldable display screen.
  • the electronic device 100 can measure the angle formed by the two ends of the middle bending part of the foldable display screen through an angle sensor (not shown in FIG. 1) provided at the bending part of the foldable display screen.
  • the angle is greater than
  • the electronic device 100 can recognize through the angle sensor that the foldable display screen enters the unfolded state.
  • the electronic device 100 can recognize through the angle sensor that the foldable display screen enters the folded form.
  • the electronic device 100 can also recognize whether the foldable display screen is in a folded configuration through a physical switch provided at the bending part of the foldable display screen. For example, when the electronic device receives a user's folding operation on the foldable display screen, the physical switch provided on the electronic device is triggered to open, and the electronic device 100 can determine that the foldable display screen is in a folded state. When the electronic device 100 receives the user's unfolding operation of the foldable display screen, the physical switch provided on the electronic device is triggered to close, and the electronic device can determine that the foldable display screen is in the unfolded form.
  • the above examples are only used to explain the application and should not constitute a limitation.
  • the foldable display can display content in full screen or part of the area (such as the first screen area or the second screen area) Display content, you can also display content in two or more partial areas.
  • the foldable display screen displays the interface content in full screen
  • the interface content may occupy part of the display area of the foldable display screen.
  • the middle part of the screen displays the interface content, and when one or both sides of the edge part are black, it can also be regarded as the foldable display screen displaying the interface content in full screen.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor.
  • the ISP is used to process the data fed back from the camera 193. For example, when taking a picture, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing and is converted into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can also optimize the image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
  • the ISP may be provided in the camera 193.
  • the camera 193 is used to capture still images or videos.
  • the object generates an optical image through the lens and is projected to the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transfers the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats of image signals.
  • the electronic device 100 may include one or N cameras 193, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
  • Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects the frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • the electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in multiple encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
  • MPEG moving picture experts group
  • MPEG2 MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
  • NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural-network
  • applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 100 can be realized, such as image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, text understanding, and so on.
  • the external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in an external memory card.
  • the internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions.
  • the processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by running instructions stored in the internal memory 121.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area.
  • the storage program area can store an operating system, an application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) required by at least one function, and the like.
  • the data storage area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the electronic device 100.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash storage (UFS), and the like.
  • UFS universal flash storage
  • the electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the earphone interface 170D, and the application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into an analog audio signal for output, and is also used to convert an analog audio input into a digital audio signal.
  • the audio module 170 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
  • the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110, or part of the functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110.
  • the speaker 170A also called “speaker” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the electronic device 100 can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to a hands-free call.
  • the receiver 170B also called “earpiece” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the electronic device 100 answers a call or voice message, it can receive the voice by bringing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
  • the microphone 170C also called “microphone”, “microphone”, is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
  • the user can make a sound by approaching the microphone 170C through the human mouth, and input the sound signal into the microphone 170C.
  • the electronic device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which can implement noise reduction functions in addition to collecting sound signals. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may also be provided with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and realize directional recording functions.
  • the earphone interface 170D is used to connect wired earphones.
  • the earphone interface 170D may be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, and a cellular telecommunications industry association (cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA, CTIA) standard interface.
  • OMTP open mobile terminal platform
  • CTIA cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA, CTIA
  • the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal.
  • the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194.
  • the capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates with conductive materials.
  • the electronic device 100 determines the intensity of the pressure according to the change in capacitance.
  • the electronic device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A.
  • the electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A.
  • touch operations that act on the same touch position but have different touch operation strengths may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation whose intensity of the touch operation is less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed.
  • the gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the movement posture of the electronic device 100.
  • the angular velocity of the electronic device 100 around three axes ie, x, y, and z axes
  • the gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization.
  • the gyro sensor 180B detects the shake angle of the electronic device 100, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shake of the electronic device 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake.
  • the gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
  • the air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
  • the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
  • the magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
  • the electronic device 100 may use the magnetic sensor 180D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster.
  • the electronic device 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 180D.
  • features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
  • the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes). When the electronic device 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and apply to applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, and so on.
  • the electronic device 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 100 may use the distance sensor 180F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
  • the proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector such as a photodiode.
  • the light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode.
  • the electronic device 100 emits infrared light to the outside through the light emitting diode.
  • the electronic device 100 uses a photodiode to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 100. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 100 can determine that there is no object near the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the electronic device 100 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power.
  • the proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, and the pocket mode will automatically unlock and lock the screen.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense the brightness of the ambient light.
  • the electronic device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived brightness of the ambient light.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the electronic device 100 is in the pocket to prevent accidental touch.
  • the fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to implement fingerprint unlocking, access application locks, fingerprint photographs, fingerprint answering calls, and so on.
  • the temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature.
  • the electronic device 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds a threshold value, the electronic device 100 reduces the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 180J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection.
  • the electronic device 100 when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the electronic device 100 due to low temperature.
  • the electronic device 100 boosts the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
  • Touch sensor 180K also called “touch panel”.
  • the touch sensor 180K may be provided on the display screen 194, and the touch screen is composed of the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194, which is also called a “touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 180K is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
  • the visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194.
  • the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100, which is different from the position of the display screen 194.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can obtain the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the human pulse and receive the blood pressure pulse signal.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M may also be provided in the earphone, combined with the bone conduction earphone.
  • the audio module 170 can parse the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone block of the voice obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the voice function.
  • the application processor can analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beating signal obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the heart rate detection function.
  • the button 190 includes a power-on button, a volume button, and so on.
  • the button 190 may be a mechanical button. It can also be a touch button.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive key input, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100.
  • the motor 191 can generate vibration prompts.
  • the motor 191 can be used for incoming call vibration notification, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback.
  • touch operations applied to different applications can correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • Acting on touch operations in different areas of the display screen 194, the motor 191 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • Different application scenarios for example: time reminding, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.
  • the touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
  • the indicator 192 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate the charging status, power change, or to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and so on.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is used to connect to the SIM card.
  • the SIM card can be inserted into the SIM card interface 195 or pulled out from the SIM card interface 195 to achieve contact and separation with the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM cards, Micro SIM cards, SIM cards, etc.
  • the same SIM card interface 195 can insert multiple cards at the same time. The types of the multiple cards can be the same or different.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards.
  • the SIM card interface 195 may also be compatible with external memory cards.
  • the electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as call and data communication.
  • the electronic device 100 adopts an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card.
  • the eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100.
  • the software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture.
  • the embodiment of the present invention takes an Android system with a layered architecture as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of the software structure of the electronic device 100 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Communication between layers through software interface.
  • the Android system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom, the application layer, the application framework layer, the Android runtime and system library, and the kernel layer.
  • the application layer can include a series of application packages.
  • the application package may include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message, etc.
  • the application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer can include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a phone manager, a resource manager, a notification manager, and so on.
  • the window manager is used to manage window programs.
  • the window manager can obtain the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take a screenshot, etc.
  • the content provider is used to store and retrieve data and make these data accessible to applications.
  • the data may include videos, images, audios, phone calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc.
  • the view system includes visual controls, such as controls that display text, controls that display images, and so on.
  • the view system can be used to build applications.
  • the display interface can be composed of one or more views.
  • a display interface that includes a short message notification icon can include a view that displays text and a view that displays images.
  • the phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the electronic device 100. For example, the management of the call status (including connecting, hanging up, etc.).
  • the resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, images, layout files, video files, and so on.
  • the notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and it can automatically disappear after a short stay without user interaction.
  • the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, and so on.
  • the notification manager can also be a notification that appears in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of a chart or a scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window. For example, text messages are prompted in the status bar, prompt sounds, electronic devices vibrate, and indicator lights flash.
  • Android Runtime includes core libraries and virtual machines. Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
  • the core library consists of two parts: one part is the function functions that the java language needs to call, and the other part is the core library of Android.
  • the application layer and application framework layer run in a virtual machine.
  • the virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files.
  • the virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
  • the system library can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), three-dimensional graphics processing library (for example: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (for example: SGL), etc.
  • the surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides a combination of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
  • the media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files.
  • the media library can support multiple audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
  • the 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, synthesis, and layer processing.
  • the 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer contains at least display driver, camera driver, audio driver, and sensor driver.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a certain application interface (such as the application interface of the mailbox) on the display area (such as the first screen area) of the foldable display screen. , SMS application interface, calendar application interface, etc.).
  • a certain view element of the application interface for example, a message, an image, etc. displayed on the SMS application interface
  • the electronic device 100 responds to the touch operation, and according to the view element that the touch operation acts on, Determine the application associated with the view element. If relevant information of the application is displayed in the current area, part of the display content of the current application interface will be blocked, and the user's visual experience will be reduced.
  • touch operations mentioned in the embodiments of the present application include, but are not limited to, pressing/long-pressing touch operations, dragging touch operations, sliding touch operations, double-tap touch operations, tapping touch operations, and the like.
  • this touch operation is different from the touch operation currently used by the electronic device 100 to trigger other instructions, such as a touch operation used for text recognition when pressing the screen with two fingers.
  • Long press a dialog box to select the dialog box coordinates. Touch operation of the text content displayed in the range.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a multi-screen interaction method.
  • the electronic device 100 can display a certain application interface (such as the application interface of the mailbox, the application interface of the SMS, the application of the calendar) on the display area (such as the first screen area) of the foldable display. Interface, etc.).
  • a certain view element of the application interface for example, a message, an image, etc. displayed on the SMS application interface
  • the electronic device 100 responds to the touch operation, and according to the view element that the touch operation acts on, Determine the application associated with the view element (for example, a browser that can search for information), and display all of them on other screen areas (for example, the second screen area, or the second screen and the third screen) except the first screen area.
  • Determine the application associated with the view element for example, a browser that can search for information
  • the electronic device 100 may display a certain application interface on the full screen of the foldable display screen, or may display a certain application interface in a part of the display area (for example, the first screen area) of the foldable display screen.
  • An application interface When a user acts on a view element of the application interface through a touch operation, the electronic device 100 responds to the touch operation and determines the application associated with the view element according to the view element that the touch operation acts on, if The foldable display screen displays the application interface in full screen, then exits the full screen display, and displays the application interface when the electronic device 100 is displayed in full screen in the first screen area. Area) displays the determined application associated with the view element.
  • the display area of the foldable display screen (such as the first screen area) displays the application interface, the content of the first screen area remains unchanged, and the display area other than the first screen area (such as the second screen area) ) Displays the determined application associated with the view element.
  • View elements elements displayed in the view layer of the application interface, including but not limited to text, images, sound information, etc.
  • touch operation acts on one view element, that is, there is only one view element.
  • Touch operation acts on two or more view elements.
  • Display area an area for displaying content.
  • the area for displaying different content obtained by dividing the display area of the electronic device 100 is called a screen area.
  • the electronic device 100 divides the display area of the electronic device 100 into two or more screen areas after detecting a user's touch operation on a view element, and displays them in different screen areas.
  • Different applications There are two situations in which different applications are displayed on different screen areas: 1. Each screen area corresponds to displaying one application. 2. At least one screen area correspondingly displays one application or more than one application.
  • M is an integer greater than 1
  • a preset naming rule for example, from left to right, from top to bottom, from right to left, from bottom to top, etc.
  • Rule The name of the set screen area corresponds to the first screen area, the second screen area,..., the Mth screen area.
  • the display area of the electronic device 100 is divided according to a preset dividing rule to obtain M screen areas.
  • the preset division rules may include the following three types: 1. The display area of the electronic device 100 is divided according to the number of divisions set by the user. 2. Determine the number of divisions of the display area according to the preset area threshold and the display area of the electronic device 100, and divide the display area of the electronic device 100 according to the determined number of divisions. 3. Determine the number of divisions of the display area according to the preset area threshold, the display area of the electronic device 100, and the number of applications that need to be displayed, and divide the display area of the electronic device 100 according to the determined number of divisions.
  • the electronic device 100 may be displayed in the form of an application icon, may also be displayed in the form of an application name, or may display both the application icon and the application
  • the name can also be displayed in the form of the corresponding application interface after the application is started, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a set of screen display interfaces provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4(A), it is the screen interface 10 displayed when the foldable display screen is in the folded state.
  • the screen interface 10 includes an application interface 101, a status bar 102, and a navigation bar 103. in:
  • the application interface 101 is a corresponding user interface when the application is running, and may include a view element 1011 displayed in a text form, a view element 1012 displayed in an image form, and a view element 1013 displayed in an audio or video form.
  • the status bar 102 may include the name of the operator (for example, China Mobile), signal strength, WI-FI icon, current remaining power and time.
  • the navigation bar 103 may include system navigation keys such as a return button 1031, a home screen button 1032, and a call out task history button 1033.
  • the main interface is an interface displayed by the electronic device 100 after detecting a user operation on the main interface button 1032 on any user interface.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the previous user interface of the current user interface.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the main screen interface.
  • the electronic device 100 can display the task that the user has recently opened.
  • each navigation key can also be other, for example, 1031 can be called Back Button, 1032 can be called Home button, and 1033 can be called Menu Button, which is not limited in this application.
  • the navigation keys in the navigation bar 103 are not limited to virtual keys, and can also be implemented as physical keys.
  • the user can select the view element displayed in the application interface through a touch operation.
  • the electronic device 100 detects that the touch operation acts on the view element, it displays the first keyword corresponding to the view element, and determines that it is associated with the view element according to the first keyword.
  • the application the application interface 101 is displayed in the first screen area, and displayed in other display areas except the first screen area (for example, the second screen area, the second screen area is another screen area facing away from the first screen area) The determined application associated with the view element.
  • the foldable display screen when the foldable display screen is in a folded state (that is, the angle formed by the left and right ends or the upper and lower ends of the central bending part of the foldable display screen is 0 degrees) ,
  • the first keyword is displayed in the display area 104 to which the keyword of the screen interface 10 belongs, and the user is prompted to expand the foldable display or flip the screen to view the application associated with the view element.
  • the user can be prompted to expand the display by voice, text, etc. Fold the display or flip the screen to see the apps associated with the view element.
  • the application interface 101 is displayed in the first screen area 203, and the recommended application 202 is displayed in the second screen area 204.
  • the application 202 is an application associated with a view element.
  • the foldable display screen is in a folded state.
  • the first screen area and the second screen area are opposite to each other.
  • a prompt message is displayed in the first screen area to prompt to expand the foldable display to display the application associated with the view element, or to prompt the user to flip the foldable
  • the display screen is convenient for the user to view the application associated with the view element in the second screen area.
  • the foldable display screen is in an unfolded state when the angle formed by the left and right ends of the central bending part of the foldable display screen is greater than 0 degrees and less than or equal to +180 degrees.
  • the recommended application can be displayed in the form of a name, an icon, or a combination of the name and the icon.
  • the recommended application may be displayed in the form of an application interface.
  • the second screen area facing away from the first screen area can be in the off-screen state, or it can display the main screen interface or other application interfaces.
  • the application associated with the view element can be displayed in the second screen area, and other applications previously displayed in the second screen area will jump to the background to run, and the view element-related applications displayed in the second screen area After the application exits, other applications that jump to the background to run can be displayed in the second screen area.
  • the electronic device 100 divides the display area of the foldable display screen according to the bending position of the foldable display screen to obtain two or three screen areas. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 divides the display area of the foldable display screen according to a preset division rule to obtain two or more screen areas.
  • the area of the screen area can be fixed, or the area of the screen area can be adjusted according to the adjustment operation input by the user.
  • the display area of the foldable display screen is divided into three screen areas.
  • the application interface 101 is displayed in the first screen area 403, and the display elements associated with the view elements are displayed in the second screen area 404.
  • One application 4021 displays another application 4022 associated with the view element in the third screen area.
  • the electronic device 100 divides the display area facing away from the first screen area to update the second screen area 404 And the third screen area 405.
  • the display area of the foldable display screen is divided into three screen areas.
  • an application interface 101 is displayed in the first screen area 403
  • an application 4021 associated with a view element is displayed in the second screen area 404
  • an application 4021 associated with a view element is displayed in the third screen area 405. Connected to other applications other than application 4021.
  • the application interface 101 is displayed in the first screen area 403, and the same type of application associated with the view element is displayed in the second screen area 404, for example, this type of application is a map application , Where application 4021 is Baidu map, application 4024 is Gaode map; the third screen area 405 displays other applications of the same type associated with view elements, for example, this type of application is a travel booking application, among which, Application 4022 is a 12306 booking application, and application 4023 is a Ctrip travel application.
  • the display area of the foldable display screen is divided into four screen areas, and the application to which the application interface 101 belongs jumps to the background to run in the first screen area 502, the second screen area 503,
  • the third screen area 504 and the fourth screen area 505 each correspondingly display any application 501 associated with the view element.
  • the application 5011 is displayed in the first screen area 502
  • the application 5012 is displayed in the second screen area 503
  • the application 5012 is displayed in the third screen area 503.
  • the screen area 504 displays the application 5014
  • the fourth screen area 505 displays the application 5013, where the application 5011, the application 5012, the application 5013, and the application 5014 are displayed in the form of an application interface.
  • the application associated with the view element is displayed in other screen areas except the screen area of the application interface to which the view element belongs, the application associated with the view element is reduced to block the application to which the view element belongs.
  • the area of the screen area of the interface improves the user's browsing efficiency and increases the user's visual experience.
  • the following describes the process of the electronic device 100 determining the application according to the view element.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining an application based on view elements according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 5, the method includes steps S101 to S106.
  • the electronic device 100 displays a screen interface 10.
  • the screen interface 10 displayed by the electronic device 100 may be as shown in (A) in FIG.
  • the displayed application interface 101 is the screen interface 10.
  • the foldable display screen is in an unfolded state and is in a multi-screen display state.
  • the application interface of chat applications (such as QQ, WeChat, etc.) is displayed on one of the screen areas, and the other One screen area displays the main screen interface, and the displayed application interface and the main screen interface constitute the screen interface displayed by the electronic device 100.
  • the foldable display screen is in an unfolded state and is in a full-screen display state, and the application interface for displaying the calendar on the foldable display screen constitutes the screen interface displayed by the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 detects a user's touch operation on the view element on the application interface 101.
  • the electronic device 100 when the electronic device 100 detects the user's touch operation on the view element on the application interface 101, it simultaneously obtains the display state of the foldable display screen, where the display state is the display state of the electronic device through the foldable display screen display interface.
  • Status including full-screen display status and multi-screen display status.
  • the default display state of the foldable display screen is the multi-screen display state.
  • the display state of the foldable display screen is the full-screen display state, that is, the electronic device 100 displays the application interface 101 in the full screen area
  • the electronic device 100 will exit the full-screen display and divide the display area of the electronic device 100 into two One or more screen areas, the divided screen areas are used to display applications associated with view elements, so as to improve the display efficiency of the foldable display screen, so that users can quickly browse applications associated with view elements ;
  • any one of the divided screen areas is used to display the application interface 101 zoomed in by a certain ratio, and the application associated with the view element is displayed in the remaining screen area.
  • the display state of the foldable display is multi-screen display, that is, the electronic device 100 displays the application interface 101 in any one of the two or more screen areas, and displays the main screen interface or other applications on the remaining other screen interfaces Interface, after the electronic device 100 detects that the user touches the view element in the application interface 101, the number of screen areas remains unchanged, and the application associated with the view element is displayed in any screen area except the display application interface 101, except The application corresponding to the application interface 101 and the application associated with the view element keep running in the foreground, and other applications will jump to the background to run.
  • the application associated with the view element is an application displayed on the foldable display screen when the user does not touch the view element, the application remains displayed on the original screen area.
  • the electronic device 100 displays the first keyword corresponding to the above-mentioned view element.
  • the electronic device 100 in response to the user's touch operation on the view element as shown in (A) in FIG. 4, the electronic device 100 recognizes and extracts keywords from the view element that the touch operation acts on, that is, the view element corresponds to The first keyword.
  • the electronic device 100 can recognize the content of the view element through methods such as image recognition, text recognition, voice recognition, etc., and analyze and extract the first keyword from the recognized content.
  • At least one first keyword including but not limited to words, words, and sentences. That is, semantic analysis is performed when the content of the view element is recognized to extract the first keyword, and at least one phrase is obtained.
  • the electronic device 100 extracts the content of the area affected by the touch operation, and analyzes the extracted content to obtain the first keyword.
  • the electronic device 100 stores the first keyword.
  • the electronic device 100 classifies the first keyword, and determines the second keyword according to the classification result.
  • the electronic device 100 can classify words with the same properties or features according to the attributes or characteristics of the words, etc., through semantic association or expansion, and then determine the second keyword according to the classification result, thereby reducing the key The number of words achieves the purpose of improving the efficiency of searching applications.
  • all words that can be classified as an address can be classified into the address category, such as keywords such as Beijing, Shanghai, Nanjing, etc., and the keyword determined after the classification is "address".
  • the electronic device 100 classifies the first keyword through a classifier (for example, a neural network model based on deep learning), such as classifying Beijing, Shanghai, Guangzhou, etc. into addresses, and classifying Beijing Palace Museum, Shanghai Disneyland, etc. To scenic spots, classify weekends, Christmas, Spring Festival, etc. into dates, classify "Where to play” into activities, and classify the resulting category (such as address, date, etc.) as the second keyword.
  • a classifier for example, a neural network model based on deep learning
  • the electronic device 100 classifies the first keyword and determines the second keyword, it establishes an association relationship between the second keyword and the first keyword, so that the electronic device 100 can determine the corresponding first keyword according to the second keyword.
  • a keyword so that after the application corresponding to the second keyword is determined, the related content of the first keyword can be displayed on the application interface corresponding to the application.
  • the electronic device 100 determines an application corresponding to the first keyword according to the second keyword.
  • the electronic device 100 stores an application index list as shown in Table 1.
  • the application index list stores the association relationship between keywords and applications. Based on the association relationship between keywords and applications, the electronic device 100 according to the second
  • the keyword can be indexed from the application index list to the application corresponding to the second keyword, that is, the application corresponding to the first keyword.
  • each keyword is associated with at least one application, that is, the number of applications associated with the view element is N, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the electronic device 100 classifies keywords for which the corresponding category cannot be determined into the "other" category, and the correspondingly associated application of the "other" category is a browser.
  • the keys stored in the application index list are not limited to the keywords shown in Table 1, and can be further subdivided or summarized according to actual application requirements.
  • the keywords “address” and “scenic spot” can be summarized as “Location”
  • the keyword “activity” can be subdivided into “tourism”, “food sharing” and so on.
  • the application index list stores pre-set index weights corresponding to each application, that is, an application corresponds to an index weight.
  • the index weight referred to here specifically refers to the index to a certain application according to the keyword
  • the weight of is used to determine the probability of displaying the application according to the corresponding weight of the application.
  • the higher the index weight corresponding to the top-ranked application the higher the index weight, and the greater the probability that the application corresponding to the index weight will be indexed and displayed.
  • the index weight of application 1 is higher than that of application 2
  • the index weight of application 2 is higher than that of application N.
  • the electronic device 100 When the number of applications displayed in the screen area is limited, for example, when a screen area can only display one application, and the number of screen areas M is less than the number of applications associated with the view element, that is, when M is greater than N, the electronic device 100 will display the top M applications in the screen area of the electronic device 100 according to the index weight.
  • the index weight can be adjusted according to the frequency of use of the application by the user, and the higher the frequency of use of the application, the higher the corresponding index weight.
  • the frequency of use referred to here is the frequency at which the user clicks on the displayed application after the electronic device 100 displays the application associated with the view element in the screen area.
  • the electronic device 100 adjusts the index weight corresponding to the application according to the frequency of the user clicking the application within a period of time.
  • the application index list may be preset, that is, the association relationship between keywords and applications is preset, so that the corresponding applications can be quickly indexed through the keywords.
  • the electronic device 100 compares and matches the names of the installed applications with the applications in the preset application index list, deletes applications that do not have matching items in the preset application index list, and obtains an updated application index list .
  • the updated application index list is used as the index list of the electronic device 100.
  • the application that the electronic device finds is an application that is not installed. At this time, the electronic device cannot directly start the application, and the user is prompted to install the application. Or the electronic device sets the name of the application as the third keyword, searches for the predetermined application according to the third keyword and displays the corresponding search result, so that the user can quickly install the application.
  • the delete control corresponding to the keyword is used to delete the keywords that it is not interested in.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining an application based on view elements according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 6, the method includes steps S201 to S208.
  • the electronic device 100 detects a user's touch operation on the delete control 2011.
  • the electronic device 100 deletes the corresponding first keyword on the application interface 101.
  • the electronic device 100 stores the updated first keyword.
  • the updated first keyword is the keyword retained after the user touches the delete control 1041 to delete the corresponding first keyword.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited to deleting the first keyword corresponding to the view element through the delete control 1041. It can also be deleted in other ways, for example, by detecting a user's touch operation on the first keyword, such as a drag operation. After the dragged first keyword moves out of the area where the keyword belongs, the dragged first keyword is deleted.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining an application displayed in a screen area according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 7, the method includes steps S301 to S306.
  • the electronic device 100 divides its display area to obtain M screen areas.
  • the electronic device 100 obtains the display state of the foldable display screen after detecting the user's touch operation on the view element on the application interface 101, where the display state includes a full-screen display state and a multi-screen display state.
  • the display state is that the foldable display is in the unfolded state
  • the display area of the foldable display is displayed on the full screen, that is, the number of display areas of the foldable display is one
  • the multi-screen display state is that the foldable display is in two or two More than one screen area displays the display area of the foldable display, that is, the number of display areas of the foldable display is two or more. If the foldable display screen is in a full-screen display state, the display area of the foldable display screen is divided according to a preset division rule to obtain M screen areas.
  • the display state of the foldable display screen is the multi-screen display state
  • the number of applications N if the number N of applications associated with the view element is greater than the number M of the screen area of the foldable display screen, the electronic device 100 divides the display area of the foldable display screen according to a preset division rule , And update the number of screen areas M to be the number of screen areas obtained after division.
  • the electronic device 100 divides the display area of the foldable display screen according to the preset dividing rule, it compares the number of divisions corresponding to the preset dividing rule with the number N of applications associated with the view element, and determines A preset division rule whose number of divisions is closest to the number N of applications associated with the view element is divided, and then the display area of the foldable display screen is divided according to the determined preset division rule.
  • the electronic device 100 obtains an index weight corresponding to an application associated with the view element.
  • the electronic device 100 determines the applications displayed in each screen area according to the aforementioned index weight.
  • the electronic device 100 after the electronic device 100 obtains the applications associated with the view elements, it will allocate a screen area to the applications associated with the view elements to display the corresponding applications. Specifically, the electronic device 100 determines the application displayed in the screen area according to the determined number N of applications associated with the view element, the index weight corresponding to each application, and the number M of the screen area.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method for multi-screen interaction provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 8, the method includes steps S401 to S404.
  • the electronic device 100 displays the screen interface 10.
  • the electronic device detects a user's touch operation on the first screen area.
  • the electronic device 100 receives the user's touch operation on the first screen area, and determines the view element corresponding to the above touch operation.
  • the first screen area is any screen area of the above-mentioned multiple screens, and the above-mentioned view element is an element in the application interface currently displayed in the above-mentioned first screen area;
  • the electronic device 100 displays the application associated with the above-mentioned view element in at least one screen area of the above-mentioned multi-screen except the above-mentioned first screen area, or: the application currently displayed in the above-mentioned first screen area is transferred to Running in the background, the application associated with the above-mentioned view element is displayed on several screen areas in the above-mentioned multi-screen.
  • displaying the application associated with the view element in at least one screen area other than the first screen area can reduce the risk of displaying the application associated with the view element on the first screen area. It shields, and makes full use of the display area of the screen, and displays the application interface of multiple applications on the screen, which is convenient for users to view.
  • the application currently displayed in the first screen area is transferred to the background to run, and the application associated with the view element is displayed on several screen areas in the multi-screen, so that the display of multiple view elements on the screen is associated with the application.
  • Applications so that people can view the applications associated with the view element at the same time.
  • the electronic device 100 when the foldable display screen is in the multi-screen display state, when the user touches any element in the currently displayed application interface in the first screen area (any screen area in the multi-screen display state), the electronic device 100 will Determine the view element corresponding to the touch operation, and obtain the application associated with the view element, display the application associated with the view element in at least one screen area other than the first screen area, or display the first screen area currently And/or applications currently displayed in other screen areas go to the background to run, and the applications associated with the view element are displayed in multiple screen areas.
  • the number of screen areas of the multi-screen is set to M, and the number of applications associated with the view element is set to N, where M>1, N>1, and both M and N are integers; At least one screen area outside a screen area displays the application associated with the view element, including the following four situations:
  • the index weights selected from the N applications associated with the view element will be displayed in M-1 screen areas.
  • M is 2 and N is 4.
  • the electronic device 100 determines the view corresponding to the touch operation Element, the applications associated with the view element are obtained as applications 2021, 2022, 2023, and 2024.
  • the electronic device 100 displays the application interface 101 in the first screen area 203, and displays the top four index weights in the second screen area 204 Four applications.
  • M is 3 and N is 3.
  • the electronic device 100 determines the view element corresponding to the touch operation, and obtains the The applications associated with the view elements are applications 4021, 4022, 4023, and 4024. At this time, the electronic device 100 displays the application interface 101 in the first screen area 403, and displays the application 4021 with the index weight ranking first in the second screen area 404. In the third screen area 405, the application 4022 with the second ranking in index weight is displayed.
  • A2 If the number of screen areas M-1 is greater than or equal to the number N of applications associated with the view element, select M-2 screen areas from M-1 screen areas, and select M-2 screen areas in the selected M-2 screen areas.
  • the area displays the top M-2 applications in index weights selected from the N applications associated with the view element, and the last remaining screen area displays the remaining N-M+2 applications associated with the view element.
  • the index selected in the application ranks the top P applications, where 1 ⁇ P ⁇ N-M+2, and P is an integer.
  • M is 3 and N is 4.
  • the electronic device 100 determines the view element corresponding to the touch operation, and obtains the view
  • the applications associated with the element are applications 4021, 4022, 4023, and 4024.
  • the electronic device 100 displays the application interface 101 in the first screen area 403, and displays the application 4021 with the index weight ranking first in the second screen area 404.
  • the third screen area 405 displays the top three applications 4022, 4023, and 4024 with index weight rankings.
  • M is 3 and N is 4.
  • the electronic device 100 determines the view element corresponding to the touch operation, and obtains the view
  • the applications associated with the element are applications 4021, 4022, 4023, and 4024.
  • the electronic device 100 classifies the applications associated with the view element, the application 4021 and the application 4024 are the same type of application, and the application 4022 and the application 4023 are the same.
  • the electronic device 100 displays the application interface 101 in the first screen area 403, displays the same type of applications 4021 and 4024 in the second screen area 404, and displays another of the same type in the third screen area 405 Application 4022 and application 4023.
  • the application currently displayed in the first screen area is transferred to the background to run, and the application associated with the view element is displayed in several screen areas in the multi-screen, including the following three situations:
  • M is 4 and N is 5.
  • the electronic device 100 determines the view element corresponding to the touch operation, and obtains the application associated with the view element For the applications 5021, 5022, 5023, 5024, and 5025, the electronic device 100 displays the application 5011 with the index weight ranking first in the first screen area 502, and displays the application 5012 with the index weight ranking second in the second screen area 503.
  • the third screen area 504 displays the application 5014 ranked third in index weight
  • the fourth screen area 505 displays the application 5013 ranked fourth in index weight.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a method for multi-screen interaction provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, the method includes steps S501 to S504.
  • the electronic device 100 displays the screen interface 10 in a full screen.
  • the electronic device detects a user's touch operation on the screen.
  • the electronic device 100 receives a user's touch operation on the screen, and determines a view element corresponding to the above touch operation.
  • the above-mentioned view element is an element on a screen, and the screen includes a plurality of screen areas.
  • the electronic device 100 selects one screen area from the multiple screen areas to display the interface currently displayed on the screen, and at least one of the multiple screen areas except the selected screen area
  • the screen area displays the application associated with the view element; or: displays the application associated with the view element in the multiple screen areas.
  • displaying the application associated with the view element in at least one screen area other than the selected screen area can reduce the cost of displaying the application associated with the view element on the selected screen area. It also makes full use of the display area of the screen, and displays the application interface of multiple applications on the screen, which is convenient for users to view.
  • the application associated with the view element is displayed on several screen areas in the multi-screen, which realizes that the application associated with multiple view elements is displayed on the screen, so that people can view the applications associated with the view element at the same time. .
  • the electronic device 100 When the electronic device 100 receives a touch operation on the screen, the electronic device 100 switches the display state of the foldable display screen from the full-screen display state to the multi-screen display state, that is, the screen of the foldable display screen includes at least two screen areas. Before the display state of the foldable display screen is switched from the full-screen display state to the multi-screen display state, the electronic device 100 triggers a preset division rule to divide the display area of the foldable display screen.
  • the number of the multiple screen areas is set to M, and the number of applications associated with the view element is set to N, where M>1, N>1, and both M and N are integers; At least one screen area in the screen area except the selected screen area displays the application associated with the view element, including the following four situations:
  • the index weight ranking selected from the N applications associated with the view element is correspondingly displayed in the M-1 screen areas In the application of the former L, where 1 ⁇ L ⁇ M-1, and L is an integer.
  • L is an integer.
  • the application currently displayed in the first screen area is transferred to the background to run, and the application associated with the view element is displayed in the above-mentioned multiple screen areas, including the following three situations:
  • the embodiment of the present application realizes the display of multiple applications in multiple screen areas by displaying the associated effects of view elements in any screen area other than the screen area where the currently displayed application interface is located, so that the user can quickly browse or start the view.
  • the application associated with the element improves the user's browsing experience.
  • screen areas can be randomly allocated to each application, or screen areas can be allocated to each application according to a preset allocation rule.
  • the display priority referred to here is the priority of the display application of the screen area.
  • the higher the display priority of the screen area the higher the priority of the display application of the screen area.
  • the display priority of the first screen area is higher than that of the second screen.
  • Area when there is only one application that needs to be displayed, the first screen area is given priority to display the application; in the case that there are two or more applications that need to be displayed, the screen area is allocated to the application according to the preset allocation rules.
  • the higher the index weight corresponding to the application the higher the screen display priority corresponding to the determined screen area.
  • the preset allocation rule is to allocate the corresponding screen area to the application according to the corresponding relationship between the screen display priority and the index weight of the application. The higher the index weight corresponding to the application, the higher the screen display priority of the corresponding screen area.
  • step S207 is further included:
  • the electronic device 100 obtains the first keywords corresponding to the applications displayed in each screen area, and after the above-mentioned application is started, the first keywords and search results corresponding to each application are correspondingly displayed in each screen area.
  • the electronic device 100 when the application displayed in the screen area is the application name or application icon, after detecting the user's touch operation on the application name or application icon, the electronic device 100 responds to the user's touch on the application name or application icon Operate to obtain the keywords corresponding to the application corresponding to the application name or application icon. After the application corresponding to the application name or application icon is started, the corresponding keywords of each application are displayed on the corresponding screen area and the application is performed according to the keywords.
  • the search results reduce user operations, improve the efficiency of user operations, and make user experience better.
  • the electronic device 100 determines the applications displayed in each screen area, it starts the determined application at the same time, and obtains the keywords corresponding to the determined application, and displays them in the corresponding screen area. Displays the application interface corresponding to the application after startup, and displays the keywords and search results corresponding to the application in the corresponding position of the application interface, which further reduces user operations, improves the efficiency of user operations, and makes user experience better .
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another set of screen display interfaces provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the foldable display screen is in an unfolded state and includes at least two screen areas.
  • the number of screen areas of the foldable display is 2, the dialogue interface 601 of an application is displayed in the first screen area 603, and the main interface of the screen is displayed in the second screen area 604.
  • the second keyword of is "dining" and "address”.
  • the corresponding application can be found from the application index list according to the second keyword.
  • the found application is related to the dialog messages 6011 and 6012, which are view elements Applications.
  • the number of screen areas of the foldable display is 2, and the electronic device 100 displays the dialogue interface 601 in the first screen area 603, and displays all the searched and found in the second screen area 604. Dialog messages 6011 and 6012 are associated with two applications. As shown in (C) in FIG. 10, the number of screen areas of the foldable display is 3, that is, the electronic device 100 divides the second screen area 604 into a screen area 704 and a screen area 705, and keeps the screen area 603 unchanged.
  • the divided screen areas are named the first screen area 703 (original screen area 603), the second screen area 704, and the third screen area 705 in sequence, and the dialogue interface 701 (the dialogue interface 701 and the dialogue Interface 601 is the same), an application interface corresponding to an application associated with dialog messages 6011 and 6012 is displayed in the second screen area 704, and the keyword "Quanjude Wangfujing" corresponding to the application is displayed on the application interface.
  • the three-screen area 705 displays an application interface corresponding to another application associated with the dialog messages 6011 and 6012, and displays the keyword "Quanjude Wangfujing" corresponding to the application on the application interface.
  • the first keyword corresponding to the view element may not be displayed in the screen area, or the first keyword corresponding to the view element may be displayed in the screen area and cannot be deleted.
  • the foldable display screen is in an unfolded state
  • the number of screen areas of the foldable display screen is 3
  • the dialog box When the message 8011 is dragged in the direction of the dialog message 8012, the electronic device 100, in response to the user's touch and drag operation, recognizes and extracts the keywords of the dialog message 8011 and the dialog message 8012, and obtains a set of keywords.
  • the extraction process Perform semantic recognition and analysis on the recognized text content to obtain at least one keyword, for example, obtain a keyword "weekend play paraglider", or two keywords "weekend play” and "paraglider”.
  • the electronic device 100 is based on After the corresponding application is found by the keyword, the dialog interface 801 is displayed in the first screen area 803, and the interface corresponding to the map application associated with the dialog messages 8011 and 8012 and the search results corresponding to the keywords are displayed in the second screen area 804.
  • the browsing interface corresponding to the browser application associated with the dialog messages 8011 and 8012 and the search results corresponding to the keywords are displayed in the third screen area.
  • the electronic device 100 performs semantic recognition and expansion on the extracted text content in the process of recognizing and extracting keywords from the view elements acted on by the touch operation, to obtain at least two keywords, as shown in FIG. 10
  • the keywords of the dialog box message 8011 and the dialog box message 8012 shown in (D) can be expanded to: weekend trips, weekend scenic spots recommendation, surrounding paragliding locations, etc.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another set of screen display interfaces provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the foldable display is in an unfolded state and contains at least two screen areas.
  • the number of screen areas of the foldable display is 2, and one of the screen areas displays shopping
  • the interface of the application, the other screen area is the main screen interface or another application interface is displayed, the user touches the view element in the application interface, and the user touches the item image 9011 in the shopping interface 901 of an application displayed in the first screen area 902, And drag the item image 9011 to the direction of the second screen area 903,
  • the electronic device 100 in response to the user’s touch and drag operation, recognizes and extracts the keyword "Huawei phone model" of the item image 9011, according to the keyword "Huawei phone model" "The corresponding application is found to be a "shopping application", and the electronic device 100 will display the found application in another screen area different from the screen area where the user's current application interface is located,
  • the searched application and the application displayed in the first screen area 901 are different applications of the same type.
  • the electronic device 100 will display the shopping interface 903 of the application in the second screen area 904 and display the shopping interface 903 at the same time.
  • the same or similar data as the item image 9011 facilitates the user to compare the price of the same item in different shopping applications, and at the same time reduces the operation of the user to find the application to compare prices, and improves the user experience.
  • the data that is the same as or similar to the item image 9011 displayed on the shopping interface 903 is a search result corresponding to the keyword "Huawei mobile phone model”.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another set of screen display interfaces provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the foldable display is in an unfolded state, and the calendar application interface is displayed on the full screen.
  • the foldable display will exit the full screen display and display the foldable display
  • the display area of the screen is divided to obtain 4 screen areas as shown in (B) and (C) in Figure 12.
  • the full-screen calendar application interface will be Zoom to one of the screen areas to display according to a certain ratio, or the calendar application can also jump to the background to run, and applications associated with the view element (date) will be displayed in other screen areas.
  • the foldable display screen displays the calendar application interface 111 in full screen.
  • the user touches any two dates displayed in the interface 111 and moves the finger to the middle of the two dates.
  • touch The operation acts on the date within the range of the position moved by the user, that is, the keyword corresponding to the view element is at least two dates within the range of the touch operation.
  • the electronic device 120 exits the full-screen display, and the foldable display screen is Divided into four screen areas, the first screen area 1201 displays the interface 111 scaled according to a certain ratio, and the second screen area 1202 displays the alarm clock application associated with the date, so that the user can set the alarm clock corresponding to the date.
  • the screen area 1203 displays the memo application associated with the date, so that the user can record the memo items of the corresponding date, and the browser application associated with the date is displayed in the third screen area, so that the user can browse related items of the corresponding date such as weather, Constellation etc.
  • the electronic device 120 when the electronic device 120 recognizes that the keyword corresponding to the view element that the touch acts on is a date, it determines whether the recognized date is a preset holiday, and the preset holiday includes but not Limited to Children’s Day, Valentine’s Day, Christmas and other holidays, if the identified date is a preset holiday, the current first keyword is updated to the corresponding holiday, and the classification result is determined according to the updated first keyword
  • the corresponding second keyword searches for applications associated with the view element according to the second keyword.
  • the electronic device 120 determines that the date is Valentine's Day, and updates Valentine's Day to the key corresponding to the view element touched by the user.
  • the applications corresponding to the date "February 14" are APP1, APP2, and APP3.
  • the calendar interface is displayed in the first screen area 1301, and APP1 and updated are displayed in the second screen area 1302.
  • the search results corresponding to the keywords of, the search results corresponding to APP1 and the updated keywords are displayed in the third screen area 1303, and the search results corresponding to APP1 and the updated keywords are displayed in the second screen area 1304.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium, and when it runs on a computer or a processor, the computer or the processor executes any one of the above methods. Or multiple steps.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product runs on a computer or a processor, the computer or the processor is caused to execute one or more steps in any of the foregoing methods.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted through the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions can be sent from a website site, computer, server, or data center to another website site, computer, Server or data center for transmission.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
  • the process can be completed by a computer program instructing relevant hardware.
  • the program can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. , May include the processes of the above-mentioned method embodiments.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: ROM or random storage RAM, magnetic disks or optical disks and other media that can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)

Abstract

The present application is applied to the technical field of multi-screen terminals, and provided therein are a multi-screen interaction method, an electronic device, and a computer-readable storage medium. The method comprises: when an electronic device receives a touch operation on an application interface currently displayed in a first screen area, same determines a view element corresponding to the touch operation, the first screen area being any one screen area among multiple screens, and the view element being an element in the application interface currently displayed in the first screen area; and in response to the touch operation, the electronic device displays an application associated with the view element in at least one screen area other than the first screen area among the multiple screens, or: an application currently displayed in the first screen area is transferred to the background to run, and the application associated with the view element is displayed in several screen areas among the multiple screens. By displaying application interfaces of multiple application programs in multiple screen areas of an electronic device, users can conveniently view, which improves user experience.

Description

多屏交互方法、电子设备及计算机可读存储介质Multi-screen interaction method, electronic equipment and computer readable storage medium
本申请要求于2020年04月01日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202010250263.3、申请名称为“多屏交互方法、电子设备及计算机可读存储介质”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on April 1, 2020, the application number is 202010250263.3, and the application name is "Multi-screen interactive method, electronic equipment, and computer-readable storage medium", and its entire content Incorporated in this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请属于终端技术领域,尤其涉及多屏交互方法、电子设备及计算机可读存储介质。This application belongs to the field of terminal technology, and in particular relates to a multi-screen interaction method, electronic equipment, and computer-readable storage media.
背景技术Background technique
随着终端技术和互联网技术的快速发展,以智能手机为代表的终端产品极大的改变着人们日常的生活方式和工作方式,成为人们生活中必不可少的物品。由于智能手机的应用功能越来越广,人们对于智能手机的屏幕大小的需求也会随着使用场景的改变而变化,大屏幕手机尤其是可折叠显示屏手机越来越多地出现在人们的生活中。如何有效地利用屏幕显示多个应用,在不同的使用场景中提高用户的体验,具有较大的提升空间。With the rapid development of terminal technology and Internet technology, terminal products represented by smart phones have greatly changed people's daily life styles and work methods, and have become indispensable items in people's lives. As the application functions of smart phones are becoming more and more extensive, people’s requirements for the size of the smart phone’s screen will also change with the change of usage scenarios. Large-screen phones, especially phones with foldable displays, are increasingly appearing in people’s lives. in life. How to effectively use the screen to display multiple applications and improve the user experience in different usage scenarios has a large room for improvement.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供了多屏交互方法、电子设备及计算机可读存储介质,可以在终端的屏幕上显示多个应用程序的应用界面,方面用户查看。This application provides a multi-screen interaction method, electronic equipment, and computer-readable storage medium, which can display application interfaces of multiple applications on the screen of a terminal for users to view.
第一方面,本申请提供了一种多屏交互方法,应用于配置有可折叠显示屏的电子设备,该方法包括:In the first aspect, this application provides a multi-screen interaction method, which is applied to an electronic device equipped with a foldable display screen, and the method includes:
在一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备的可折叠显示屏处于多屏显示状态时,可折叠显示屏包括至少两个屏幕区域,电子设备在接收到对第一屏幕区域的触摸操作时,确定上述触摸操作对应的视图元素,其中上述第一屏幕区域为上述多屏中的任一屏幕区域,上述视图元素为上述第一屏幕区域当前显示的应用界面中的元素;上述电子设备响应上述触摸操作,在上述多屏中除上述第一屏幕区域之外的至少一个屏幕区域显示上述视图元素相关联的应用,或者:第一屏幕区域当前显示的应用转至后台运行,在上述多屏中的若干个屏幕区域显示上述视图元素相关联的应用。一方面,在除第一屏幕区域之外的至少一个屏幕区域显示上述视图元素关联的应用,可以降低在第一屏幕区域上由于显示上述视图元素相关联的应用所造成的遮挡,并且充分利用了屏幕的显示区域,在屏幕上显示多个应用程序的应用界面,方便用户查看。另一方面,第一屏幕区域当前显示的应用转至后台运行,在上述多屏中的若干个屏幕区域显示上述视图元素相关联的应用,实现在了在屏幕上显示多个视图元素相关联的应用,方便用户同时查看上述视图元素相关联的应用。In a possible implementation manner, when the foldable display screen of the electronic device is in a multi-screen display state, the foldable display screen includes at least two screen areas, and the electronic device determines when it receives a touch operation on the first screen area The view element corresponding to the touch operation, wherein the first screen area is any screen area of the multiple screens, and the view element is an element in the application interface currently displayed in the first screen area; the electronic device responds to the touch operation In the above-mentioned multi-screen, at least one screen area other than the above-mentioned first screen area displays the application associated with the above-mentioned view element, or: the application currently displayed in the first screen area is transferred to the background to run, and in several of the above-mentioned multi-screens Each screen area displays the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements. On the one hand, displaying the application associated with the above-mentioned view element in at least one screen area except the first screen area can reduce the occlusion caused by displaying the application associated with the above-mentioned view element on the first screen area, and make full use of The display area of the screen displays the application interface of multiple applications on the screen, which is convenient for users to view. On the other hand, the application currently displayed in the first screen area is transferred to the background to run, and the application associated with the above view element is displayed on several screen areas in the above-mentioned multi-screen. Application, which is convenient for users to view the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements at the same time.
示例性的,上述触摸操作包括但不限于按压/长按触摸操作、拖拽触摸操作、滑动触摸操作、双击触摸操作、敲击触摸操作。在确定上述触摸操作对应的视图元素后,可以通过应用索引列表获取上述视图元素相关联的应用。上述应用索引列表可以是预先设定的,存储有预先设定的关键词与应用的关联关系,使得通过关键词可以从应用索引列表中快速索引到上述关键词对应的应用。其中上述关键词可以为从上述视图元素中识别并提取到的关键词。Exemplarily, the aforementioned touch operations include, but are not limited to, pressing/long-pressing touch operations, dragging touch operations, sliding touch operations, double-tapping touch operations, and tapping touch operations. After determining the view element corresponding to the above-mentioned touch operation, the application associated with the above-mentioned view element can be obtained through the application index list. The above-mentioned application index list may be preset, and the association relationship between the preset keywords and the application is stored, so that the application corresponding to the above-mentioned keyword can be quickly indexed from the application index list through the keyword. The above-mentioned keywords may be keywords that are identified and extracted from the above-mentioned view elements.
示例性的,设定上述多屏的屏幕区域个数为M,设定上述视图元素相关联的应用个数为N,其中M>1,N>1,且M和N均为整数;上述在上述多屏中除上述第一屏幕区域之外的至少一个 屏幕区域显示上述视图元素相关联的应用,包括:如果屏幕区域个数M-1大于或等于上述视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则在M-1个屏幕区域显示从上述视图元素相关联的N个应用中选择的索引权重排名在前L的应用,其中,1≤L≤M-1,且L为整数,所述索引权重为根据关键词索引到某个应用的权重。或者:Exemplarily, set the number of screen areas of the above-mentioned multi-screen to M, and set the number of applications associated with the above-mentioned view element to N, where M>1, N>1, and both M and N are integers; At least one screen area of the multi-screen except the first screen area displays the application associated with the view element, including: if the number of screen areas M-1 is greater than or equal to the number N of applications associated with the view element, Then, in M-1 screen areas, the top L applications selected from the N applications associated with the view elements are displayed, where 1≤L≤M-1, and L is an integer, the index weight It is the weight indexed to a certain application based on keywords. or:
从M-1个屏幕区域中选择M-2个屏幕区域,在所选择的M-2个屏幕区域中显示从N个上述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前M-2的应用,在剩余的最后一个屏幕区域显示从剩余的N-M+2个上述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引排名在前P的应用,其中,1≤P≤N-M+2,且P为整数。或者:Select M-2 screen areas from M-1 screen areas, and display the index weights selected from the N applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements in the selected M-2 screen areas. The top M-2 is ranked Applications, the last remaining screen area displays the top P applications selected from the remaining N-M+2 applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements, where 1≤P≤N-M+2, and P is an integer. or:
如果屏幕区域个数M-1大于上述视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则对上述视图元素相关联的应用进行分类,并将同一类型的应用分配至同一个屏幕区域显示。或者:If the number of screen areas M-1 is greater than the number N of applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements, then the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements are classified, and applications of the same type are allocated to the same screen area for display. or:
如果屏幕区域个数M-1小于上述视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则从M-1个屏幕区域中选择N个屏幕区域,在所选择的N个屏幕区域中显示上述视图元素相关联的应用。If the number of screen areas M-1 is less than the number N of applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements, then N screen areas are selected from the M-1 screen areas, and the above-mentioned view elements are displayed in the selected N screen areas. Applications.
本申请实施例中,一方面,为了降低上述视图元素相关联的应用中索引权重较低的应用占用屏幕区域,方便用户快速浏览其感兴趣的多个应用程序,电子设备可以在M-1个屏幕区域显示从上述视图元素相关联的N个应用中选择的索引权重排名在前L的应用。另一方面,为了提高用户的浏览体验,并方便用户查看所有上述视图元素相关联的应用,电子设备可以从M-1个屏幕区域中选择M-2个屏幕区域,在所选择的M-2个屏幕区域中显示从N个上述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前M-2的应用,在剩余的最后一个屏幕区域显示从剩余的N-M+2个上述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引排名在前P的应用。另一方面,为减少某一屏幕区域中显示过多的应用程序而导致用户浏览不便,使用体验不高的情况,电子设备可以对上述视图元素相关联的应用进行分类,并将同一类型的应用分配至同一个屏幕区域显示。In the embodiments of the present application, on the one hand, in order to reduce the screen area occupied by applications with lower index weights among the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements, so as to facilitate users to quickly browse multiple applications of interest, the electronic device may be in M-1 The screen area displays the top L applications in index weights selected from the N applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements. On the other hand, in order to improve the user’s browsing experience and make it easier for the user to view all the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements, the electronic device can select M-2 screen areas from the M-1 screen areas. A screen area displays the top M-2 apps in index weights selected from the applications associated with the N above-mentioned view elements, and the last remaining screen area displays the remaining N-M+2 above-mentioned view elements. The selected index ranked in the top P applications among the linked applications. On the other hand, in order to reduce the inconvenience of users’ browsing and poor user experience due to the display of too many applications in a certain screen area, the electronic device can classify the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements and classify the applications of the same type. Allocate to the same screen area to display.
示例性的,第一屏幕区域当前显示的应用转至后台运行,在上述多屏中的若干个屏幕区域显示上述视图元素相关联的应用,包括:Exemplarily, the application currently displayed in the first screen area is turned to run in the background, and the application associated with the above-mentioned view element is displayed on several screen areas in the above-mentioned multi-screen, including:
如果屏幕区域个数M大于或等于上述视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则在M个屏幕区域显示从N个上述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前Q的应用,其中,1≤Q≤M,且Q为整数;或者:If the number of screen areas M is greater than or equal to the number of applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements N, then the top Q applications selected from the N applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements are displayed in M screen areas, where , 1≤Q≤M, and Q is an integer; or:
从M个屏幕区域中选择M-1个屏幕区域,在所选择的M-1个屏幕区域中显示从N个上述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前M-1的应用,在剩余的最后一个屏幕区域显示从剩余的N-M+1个上述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引排名在前R的应用,其中,1≤R≤N-M+1,且R为整数。或者:Select M-1 screen regions from M screen regions, and display the top M-1 applications in index weights selected from the N applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements in the selected M-1 screen regions, In the last remaining screen area, the top R applications selected from the remaining N-M+1 view elements associated with the above-mentioned view elements are displayed, where 1≤R≤N-M+1, and R is Integer. or:
如果屏幕区域个数M大于或等于上述视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则对上述视图元素相关联的应用进行分类,并将同一类型的应用分配至同一个屏幕区域显示。If the number M of screen areas is greater than or equal to the number N of applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements, then the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements are classified, and applications of the same type are allocated to the same screen area for display.
在本申请实施例中,上述视图元素相关联的应用的个数N大于或等于多屏的屏幕区域的个数M时,一方面,为了提高上述视图元素相关联的应用的显示效果,并充分利用屏幕区域的显示效率,方便用户快速浏览其感兴趣的多个应用程序,电子设备可以在M个屏幕区域显示从N个上述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前Q的应用。另一方面,为了提高用户的浏览体验,显示多个用户可能感兴趣的应用,方便用户查看上述视图元素相关联的应用,电子设备可以从M个屏幕区域中选择M-1个屏幕区域,在所选择的M-1个屏幕区域中显示从N个上述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前M-1的应用,在剩余的最后一个屏幕区域显示从剩余 的N-M+1个上述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引排名在前R的应用。另一方面,为减少某一屏幕区域显示过多的应用而导致用户浏览不便,用户的使用体验不高的问题,电子设备可以对上述视图元素相关联的应用进行分类,并将同一类型的应用分配至同一个屏幕区域显示。In the embodiment of the present application, when the number N of applications associated with the above-mentioned view element is greater than or equal to the number M of the screen area of the multi-screen, on the one hand, in order to improve the display effect of the application associated with the above-mentioned view element, and fully Utilizing the display efficiency of the screen area, it is convenient for users to quickly browse multiple applications of interest. The electronic device can display the top Q applications selected from the N applications associated with the above view elements in M screen areas. . On the other hand, in order to improve the user’s browsing experience, display multiple applications that may be of interest to the user, and facilitate the user to view the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements, the electronic device can select M-1 screen areas from the M screen areas. The selected M-1 screen areas display the top M-1 applications with index weights selected from the applications associated with the N above-mentioned view elements, and the remaining N-M+ from the remaining last screen area One of the applications associated with the above-mentioned view element is selected with an index ranking in the top R application. On the other hand, in order to reduce the problem of user browsing inconvenience caused by too many applications displayed in a certain screen area and the user’s low user experience, the electronic device can classify the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements and classify the applications of the same type. Allocate to the same screen area to display.
示例性的,应用索引列表中存储有预先设定的各个应用对应的索引权重,即一个应用对应一个索引权重,索引权重越高,上述索引权重对应的应用被索引到并被显示的概率也就越大。在一些实施例中,索引权重可以根据用户对应用程序的使用频率进行调整,应用程序使用频率越高,对应的索引权重也就越高。这里所指的使用频率为电子设备在屏幕区域显示与视图元素相关联的应用后,用户点击所显示的应用的频率。电子设备可以根据用户在一段时间范围内点击应用的频率,调整应用对应的索引权重。Exemplarily, the application index list stores preset index weights corresponding to each application, that is, an application corresponds to an index weight. The higher the index weight, the probability that the application corresponding to the above index weight will be indexed and displayed is also Bigger. In some embodiments, the index weight can be adjusted according to the frequency of use of the application by the user, and the higher the frequency of use of the application, the higher the corresponding index weight. The frequency of use referred to here is the frequency with which the user clicks on the displayed application after the electronic device displays the application associated with the view element in the screen area. The electronic device can adjust the index weight corresponding to the application according to the frequency of the user clicking the application within a period of time.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,可折叠显示屏处于全屏显示状态时,电子设备在接收到对屏幕的触摸操作时,确定上述触摸操作对应的视图元素,其中上述视图元素为上述当前显示的应用界面中的元素,上述屏幕包括多个屏幕区域;电子设备响应上述触摸操作,从上述多个屏幕区域中选择一个屏幕区域显示上述屏幕当前显示的界面,在上述多个屏幕区域中除所选择的屏幕区域之外的至少一个屏幕区域显示上述视图元素相关联的应用;或者:在上述多个屏幕区域显示上述视图元素相关联的应用。In another possible implementation, when the foldable display screen is in the full-screen display state, when the electronic device receives a touch operation on the screen, it determines the view element corresponding to the touch operation, wherein the view element is the currently displayed view element. The element in the application interface, the above-mentioned screen includes multiple screen areas; the electronic device responds to the above-mentioned touch operation, selects a screen area from the above-mentioned multiple screen areas to display the interface currently displayed on the above-mentioned screen, except for the selected multiple screen areas At least one screen area outside of the screen area displays an application associated with the above-mentioned view element; or: displays an application associated with the above-mentioned view element in the above multiple screen areas.
本申请实施例中,一方面,在除所选择的屏幕区域之外的至少一个屏幕区域显示上述视图元素关联的应用,可以降低在所选择的屏幕区域上由于显示上述视图元素相关联的应用所造成的遮挡,并且充分利用了屏幕的显示区域,在屏幕上显示多个应用程序的应用界面,方便用户查看。另一方面,在上述多屏中的若干个屏幕区域显示上述视图元素相关联的应用,实现在了在屏幕上显示多个视图元素相关联的应用,方便人们同时查看上述视图元素相关联的应用。In the embodiments of the present application, on the one hand, displaying the application associated with the above-mentioned view element in at least one screen area other than the selected screen area can reduce the cost of displaying the application associated with the above-mentioned view element on the selected screen area. It also makes full use of the display area of the screen, and displays the application interface of multiple applications on the screen, which is convenient for users to view. On the other hand, displaying the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements on several screen areas of the above-mentioned multi-screens realizes that applications associated with multiple view elements are displayed on the screen, so that people can view the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements at the same time. .
应理解,在检测到对屏幕当前显示的应用界面的触摸操作时,电子设备将可折叠显示屏的显示状态从全屏显示状态切换为多屏显示状态,即可折叠显示屏的屏幕包括至少两个屏幕区域。It should be understood that when a touch operation on the application interface currently displayed on the screen is detected, the electronic device switches the display state of the foldable display screen from the full-screen display state to the multi-screen display state, that is, the screen of the foldable display screen includes at least two Screen area.
示例性的,设定上述多个屏幕区域的个数为M,设定上述视图元素相关联的应用个数为N,其中M>1,N>1,且M和N均为整数;上述在上述多个屏幕区域中除所选择的屏幕区域之外的至少一个屏幕区域显示上述视图元素相关联的应用,包括:Exemplarily, set the number of the above-mentioned multiple screen areas as M, and set the number of applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements as N, where M>1, N>1, and both M and N are integers; At least one screen area of the multiple screen areas other than the selected screen area displays the application associated with the view element, including:
如果屏幕区域个数M-1大于或等于上述视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则在M-1个屏幕区域对应显示从上述视图元素相关联的N个应用中选择的索引权重排名在前L的应用,其中,1≤L≤M-1,且L为整数。或者:If the number of screen areas M-1 is greater than or equal to the number N of applications associated with the above-mentioned view element, the corresponding index weights selected from the N applications associated with the above-mentioned view element will be displayed in the M-1 screen areas. Application of L, where 1≤L≤M-1, and L is an integer. or:
从M-1个屏幕区域中选择M-2个屏幕区域,在所选择的M-2个屏幕区域中显示从N个上述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前M-2的应用,在剩余的最后一个屏幕区域显示从剩余的N-M+2个上述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引排名在前P的应用,其中,1≤P≤N-M+2,且P为整数。或者:Select M-2 screen areas from M-1 screen areas, and display the index weights selected from the N applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements in the selected M-2 screen areas. The top M-2 is ranked Applications, the last remaining screen area displays the top P applications selected from the remaining N-M+2 applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements, where 1≤P≤N-M+2, and P is an integer. or:
如果屏幕区域个数M-1大于上述视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则对上述视图元素相关联的应用进行分类,并将同一类型的应用分配至同一个屏幕区域显示。或者:If the number of screen areas M-1 is greater than the number N of applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements, then the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements are classified, and applications of the same type are allocated to the same screen area for display. or:
如果屏幕区域个数M-1小于上述视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则从M-1个屏幕区域中选择N个屏幕区域,在所选择的N个屏幕区域中显示上述视图元素相关联的应用。If the number of screen areas M-1 is less than the number N of applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements, then N screen areas are selected from the M-1 screen areas, and the above-mentioned view elements are displayed in the selected N screen areas. Applications.
本申请实施例中,一方面,为了降低上述视图元素相关联的应用中索引权重较低的应用占用屏幕区域,方便用户快速浏览其感兴趣的多个应用程序,电子设备可以在M-1个屏幕区域显示从上述视图元素相关联的N个应用中选择的索引权重排名在前L的应用。另一方面,为了提高用户 的浏览体验,并方便用户查看所有上述视图元素相关联的应用,电子设备可以从M-1个屏幕区域中选择M-2个屏幕区域,在所选择的M-2个屏幕区域中显示从N个上述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前M-2的应用,在剩余的最后一个屏幕区域显示从剩余的N-M+2个上述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引排名在前P的应用。另一方面,为减少某一屏幕区域中显示过多的应用程序而导致用户浏览不便,使用体验不高的情况,电子设备可以对上述视图元素相关联的应用进行分类,并将同一类型的应用分配至同一个屏幕区域显示。In the embodiments of the present application, on the one hand, in order to reduce the screen area occupied by applications with lower index weights among the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements, so as to facilitate users to quickly browse multiple applications of interest, the electronic device can be used in M-1 The screen area displays the top L applications in index weights selected from the N applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements. On the other hand, in order to improve the user’s browsing experience and make it easier for the user to view all the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements, the electronic device can select M-2 screen areas from the M-1 screen areas. A screen area displays the top M-2 applications in index weights selected from the applications associated with the N above-mentioned view elements, and the remaining last screen area displays the remaining N-M+2 above-mentioned view elements. The selected index ranked in the top P applications among the linked applications. On the other hand, in order to reduce the inconvenience of users’ browsing and poor user experience due to the display of too many applications in a certain screen area, the electronic device can classify the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements and classify the applications of the same type. Allocate to the same screen area to display.
示例性的,在在所述多个屏幕区域显示所述视图元素相关联的应用,包括:Exemplarily, displaying the application associated with the view element in the multiple screen areas includes:
如果屏幕区域个数M大于或等于上述视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则在M个屏幕区域显示从N个上述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前Q的应用,其中,1≤Q≤M,且Q为整数;或者:If the number of screen areas M is greater than or equal to the number of applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements N, then the top Q applications selected from the N applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements are displayed in M screen areas, where , 1≤Q≤M, and Q is an integer; or:
从M个屏幕区域中选择M-1个屏幕区域,在所选择的M-1个屏幕区域中显示从N个上述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前M-1的应用,在剩余的最后一个屏幕区域显示从剩余的N-M+1个上述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引排名在前R的应用,其中,1≤R≤N-M+1,且R为整数。或者:Select M-1 screen regions from M screen regions, and display the top M-1 applications in index weights selected from the N applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements in the selected M-1 screen regions, In the last remaining screen area, the top R applications selected from the remaining N-M+1 view elements associated with the above-mentioned view elements are displayed, where 1≤R≤N-M+1, and R is Integer. or:
如果屏幕区域个数M大于或等于上述视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则对上述视图元素相关联的应用进行分类,并将同一类型的应用分配至同一个屏幕区域显示。If the number M of screen areas is greater than or equal to the number N of applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements, then the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements are classified, and applications of the same type are allocated to the same screen area for display.
在本申请实施例中,上述视图元素相关联的应用的个数N大于或等于多屏的屏幕区域的个数M时,一方面,为了提高上述视图元素相关联的应用的显示效果,并充分利用屏幕区域的显示效率,方便用户快速浏览其感兴趣的多个应用程序,电子设备可以在M个屏幕区域显示从N个上述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前Q的应用。另一方面,为了提高用户的浏览体验,显示多个用户可能感兴趣的应用,方便用户查看上述视图元素相关联的应用,电子设备可以从M个屏幕区域中选择M-1个屏幕区域,在所选择的M-1个屏幕区域中显示从N个上述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前M-1的应用,在剩余的最后一个屏幕区域显示从剩余的N-M+1个上述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引排名在前R的应用。另一方面,为减少某一屏幕区域显示过多的应用而导致用户浏览不便,用户的使用体验不高的问题,电子设备可以对上述视图元素相关联的应用进行分类,并将同一类型的应用分配至同一个屏幕区域显示。In the embodiment of the present application, when the number N of applications associated with the above-mentioned view element is greater than or equal to the number M of the screen area of the multi-screen, on the one hand, in order to improve the display effect of the application associated with the above-mentioned view element, and fully Utilizing the display efficiency of the screen area, it is convenient for users to quickly browse multiple applications of interest. The electronic device can display the top Q applications selected from the N applications associated with the above view elements in M screen areas. . On the other hand, in order to improve the user’s browsing experience, display multiple applications that may be of interest to the user, and facilitate the user to view the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements, the electronic device can select M-1 screen areas from the M screen areas. The selected M-1 screen areas display the top M-1 applications with index weights selected from the applications associated with the N above-mentioned view elements, and the remaining N-M+ from the remaining last screen area One of the applications associated with the above-mentioned view element is selected with an index ranking in the top R application. On the other hand, in order to reduce the problem of user browsing inconvenience caused by too many applications displayed in a certain screen area and the user’s low user experience, the electronic device can classify the applications associated with the above-mentioned view elements and classify the applications of the same type. Allocate to the same screen area to display.
示例性的,电子设备响应触摸操作时,从上述触摸操作所作用的视图元素中识别并提取关键词,得到上述视图元素对应的第一关键词,在得到上述视图元素对应的第一关键词后,电子设备在第一屏幕区域或选中的屏幕区域显示上述视图元素对应的第一关键词,并根据第一关键词确定对应的应用,所确定的应用即为与上述视图元素相关联的应用。Exemplarily, when the electronic device responds to a touch operation, it recognizes and extracts keywords from the view element that the above touch operation acts on, and obtains the first keyword corresponding to the above view element. After obtaining the first keyword corresponding to the above view element The electronic device displays the first keyword corresponding to the above-mentioned view element in the first screen area or the selected screen area, and determines the corresponding application according to the first keyword, and the determined application is the application associated with the above-mentioned view element.
在一些实施例中,为了提高上述视图元素相关联的应用的查找效率和全面性,在得到上述视图元素对应的第一关键词后,电子设备还可以对所得到第一关键词进行分类,根据分类结果确定第二关键词;根据第二关键词,从应用索引列表中获取上述视图元素相关联的应用。In some embodiments, in order to improve the search efficiency and comprehensiveness of the application associated with the above-mentioned view element, after obtaining the first keyword corresponding to the above-mentioned view element, the electronic device may also classify the obtained first keyword according to The classification result determines the second keyword; according to the second keyword, the application associated with the above-mentioned view element is obtained from the application index list.
在一些实施例中,可以为上述视图元素相关联的应用随机分配显示的屏幕区域,也可以在获取上述视图元素相关联的应用之后,获取上述视图元素相关联的应用对应的索引权重,根据各个应用对应的索引权重,确定显示上述视图元素相关联的应用的屏幕区域。每个屏幕区域对应设置有对应的屏幕显示优先级。索引权重越高的应用,所确定的屏幕区域对应的屏幕显示优先级越高。In some embodiments, the displayed screen area may be randomly allocated to the application associated with the above-mentioned view element, or after the application associated with the above-mentioned view element is obtained, the index weight corresponding to the application associated with the above-mentioned view element may be obtained, according to each The index weight corresponding to the application determines the screen area where the application associated with the above-mentioned view element is displayed. Each screen area is correspondingly set with a corresponding screen display priority. An application with a higher index weight has a higher screen display priority corresponding to the determined screen area.
示例性的,电子设备在根据分类结果确定第二关键词后,建立第一关键词和第二关键词的关联关系,以便于通过第二关键词可以快速查找到第一关键词,使得电子设备在屏幕区域显示与视 图元素相关联的应用时,可以在所显示的应用的界面上显示对应的第一关键词,提高对第一关键词的显示效率。Exemplarily, after determining the second keyword according to the classification result, the electronic device establishes an association relationship between the first keyword and the second keyword, so that the first keyword can be quickly found through the second keyword, so that the electronic device When the application associated with the view element is displayed in the screen area, the corresponding first keyword can be displayed on the interface of the displayed application, which improves the display efficiency of the first keyword.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,在检测到用户对视图元素的触摸操作后,获取可折叠显示屏的显示状态,其中,显示状态包括全屏显示状态和多屏显示状态,全屏显示状态为可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时,全屏显示可折叠显示屏的显示区域,即可折叠显示屏的显示区域的个数为一个;多屏显示状态为可折叠显示屏在两个或两个以上屏幕区域显示可折叠显示屏的显示区域,即可折叠显示屏的显示区域的个数为两个或两个以上。如果可折叠显示屏处于全屏显示状态,则根据预设划分规则对可折叠显示屏的显示区域进行划分得到M个屏幕区域。如果可折叠显示屏的显示状态为多屏显示状态,则确定可折叠显示屏当前是否处于展开状态,如果可折叠显示屏当前处于展开状态,则获取与视图元素相关联的应用的个数N,如果与视图元素相关联的应用的个数N大于可折叠显示屏的屏幕区域的个数M,电子设备则根据预设划分规则对可折叠显示屏的显示区域进行划分,并更新屏幕区域的个数M为划分后得到的屏幕区域的个数。In another possible implementation manner, after detecting the user's touch operation on the view element, the display state of the foldable display screen is acquired, where the display state includes a full-screen display state and a multi-screen display state, and the full-screen display state is available When the foldable display is in the unfolded state, the display area of the foldable display is displayed on the full screen, that is, the number of display areas of the foldable display is one; the multi-screen display state is that the foldable display is in two or more screen areas The display area of the foldable display screen is displayed, that is, the number of display areas of the foldable display screen is two or more. If the foldable display screen is in a full-screen display state, the display area of the foldable display screen is divided according to a preset division rule to obtain M screen areas. If the display state of the foldable display is the multi-screen display state, determine whether the foldable display is currently in the expanded state, if the foldable display is currently in the expanded state, obtain the number N of applications associated with the view element, If the number N of applications associated with the view element is greater than the number M of the screen area of the foldable display, the electronic device divides the display area of the foldable display according to a preset division rule, and updates the number of screen areas. The number M is the number of screen areas obtained after division.
示例性的,电子设备在根据预设划分规则对可折叠显示屏的显示区域进行划分时,将预设划分规则对应的划分个数与视图元素相关联的应用个数N进行比较,确定划分个数最接近与视图元素相关联的应用个数N的预设划分规则,再根据所确定的预设划分规则对可折叠显示屏的显示区域进行划分。Exemplarily, when the electronic device divides the display area of the foldable display screen according to a preset division rule, it compares the number of divisions corresponding to the preset division rule with the number N of applications associated with the view element, and determines the number of divisions. A preset division rule whose number is closest to the number N of applications associated with the view element, and then the display area of the foldable display screen is divided according to the determined preset division rule.
示例性的,预设划分规则可包含以下三种:1、根据用户设定的划分个数对电子设备100的显示区域进行划分。2、根据预设面积阈值与电子设备的显示面积,确定显示区域的划分个数,根据确定的划分个数对电子设备的显示区域进行划分。3、根据预设面积阈值、电子设备100的显示面积以及需要显示的应用的个数,确定显示区域的划分个数,根据确定的划分个数对电子设备的显示区域进行划分。Exemplarily, the preset division rules may include the following three types: 1. The display area of the electronic device 100 is divided according to the number of divisions set by the user. 2. Determine the number of divisions of the display area according to the preset area threshold and the display area of the electronic device, and divide the display area of the electronic device according to the determined number of divisions. 3. Determine the number of divisions of the display area according to the preset area threshold, the display area of the electronic device 100, and the number of applications that need to be displayed, and divide the display area of the electronic device according to the determined number of divisions.
应理解,对可折叠显示屏的显示区域进行划分的目的是为了便于在不同于当前应用界面所属的屏幕区域之外的其他屏幕区域显示与视图元素相关联的应用,使得用户能够快速浏览与视图元素相关联的应用,并提高了用户视觉体验。It should be understood that the purpose of dividing the display area of the foldable display screen is to facilitate the display of applications associated with view elements in other screen areas other than the screen area to which the current application interface belongs, so that users can quickly browse and view The application associated with the element and improves the user's visual experience.
在一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备在划分得到屏幕区域后,上述方法还包括:设定每个屏幕区域的名称以及对应的显示优先级,其中,显示优先级为屏幕区域显示应用的优先程度,屏幕区域的显示优先级越高,上述屏幕区域显示应用的优先级越高。在为与视图元素相关联的应用分配显示区域时,根据预设分配规则为应用分配对应的屏幕区域。In a possible implementation, after the electronic device has divided the screen areas, the above method further includes: setting the name of each screen area and the corresponding display priority, where the display priority is the priority of the screen area display application The higher the display priority of the screen area, the higher the priority of the above-mentioned screen area display application. When the display area is allocated to the application associated with the view element, the corresponding screen area is allocated to the application according to the preset allocation rule.
示例性的,电子设备根据与视图元素相关联的应用对应的索引权重确定对应的屏幕区域,应用对应的索引权重越高,所确定的屏幕区域对应的屏幕显示优先级越高。Exemplarily, the electronic device determines the corresponding screen area according to the index weight corresponding to the application associated with the view element. The higher the index weight corresponding to the application, the higher the screen display priority corresponding to the determined screen area.
示例性的,预设分配规则为根据屏幕显示优先级和应用的索引权重的对应关系为应用分配对应的屏幕区域,应用对应的索引权重越高,对应的屏幕区域的屏幕显示优先级越高。Exemplarily, the preset allocation rule is to allocate the corresponding screen area to the application according to the corresponding relationship between the screen display priority and the index weight of the application. The higher the index weight corresponding to the application, the higher the screen display priority of the corresponding screen area.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,应用索引列表中存储有各个应用对应的索引权重,其中,索引权重具体为根据关键词索引到某个应用的权重。电子设备在查找到与视图元素相关联的应用后,上述方法还包括:获取与视图元素相关联的应用对应的索引权重,根据各个应用对应的索引权重确定每个屏幕区域中显示的应用。In another possible implementation manner, an index weight corresponding to each application is stored in the application index list, where the index weight is specifically a weight indexed to a certain application according to a keyword. After the electronic device finds the application associated with the view element, the above method further includes: obtaining the index weight corresponding to the application associated with the view element, and determining the application displayed in each screen area according to the index weight corresponding to each application.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备在确定各个屏幕区域对应显示的应用后,在应用启动显示的界面上显示第一关键词以及相应的搜索结果,减少了用户输入第一关键词的操作,提高了用户体验。In another possible implementation manner, after determining the application corresponding to each screen area, the electronic device displays the first keyword and the corresponding search result on the interface displayed by the application startup, which reduces the user’s need to enter the first keyword. Operation improves the user experience.
第二方面,本申请提供了一种电子设备,包括一个或多个存储器、可折叠显示屏和一个或多个存储器。该一个或多个存储器与一个或多个处理器耦合,该可折叠显示屏与该一个或多个处理器通信,该一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,该计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,当该一个或多个处理器执行计算机指令时,使得电子设备执行上述任一方面任一项可能的实现方式中的多屏交互方法。In the second aspect, the present application provides an electronic device including one or more memories, a foldable display screen, and one or more memories. The one or more memories are coupled with one or more processors, the foldable display screen is in communication with the one or more processors, and the one or more memories are used to store computer program codes, and the computer program codes include computer instructions When the one or more processors execute the computer instructions, the electronic device is caused to execute the multi-screen interaction method in any one of the possible implementation manners of any one of the foregoing aspects.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,包括计算机指令,当计算机指令在电子设备上运行时,使得电子设备执行上述任一方面任一项可能的实现方式中的多屏交互方法。In the third aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions, which when the computer instructions run on an electronic device, cause the electronic device to execute any of the possible implementations of any of the foregoing aspects. Screen interaction method.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品,当计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述任一方面任一项可能的实现方式中的多屏交互方法。In a fourth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product that, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the multi-screen interaction method in any one of the possible implementations of any of the foregoing aspects.
附图说明Description of the drawings
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例中的技术方案,下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly describe the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application, the following will briefly introduce the drawings that need to be used in the description of the embodiments or the prior art. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only of the present application. For some embodiments, for those of ordinary skill in the art, other drawings may be obtained based on these drawings without creative labor.
图1是本申请实施例提供的电子设备100的结构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的一组可折叠显示屏的形态示意图;其中:Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a group of foldable display screens provided by an embodiment of the present application; in which:
图2(A)是本申请实施例提供的一种弯折部位仅为一个的可折叠显示屏处于展开状态的形态示意图;2(A) is a schematic diagram of a foldable display screen with only one bending position in an unfolded state according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2(B)是本申请实施例提供的一种弯折部位为两个的可折叠显示屏处于展开状态的形态示意图;2(B) is a schematic diagram of a foldable display screen with two bending positions in an unfolded state according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2(C)和(D)是本申请实施例提供的一种如图2(A)所示的可折叠显示屏从折叠状态切换为展开状态或者从展开状态切换为折叠状态的形态示意图;2(C) and (D) are schematic diagrams of the foldable display screen as shown in FIG. 2(A), which is provided by an embodiment of the present application, is switched from a folded state to an unfolded state or from an unfolded state to a folded state;
图2(E)和(F)是本申请实施例提供的一种如图2(B)所示的可折叠显示屏从折叠状态切换为展开状态或者从展开状态切换为折叠状态的形态示意图;Figures 2(E) and (F) are schematic diagrams of the foldable display screen as shown in Figure 2(B) switching from a folded state to an unfolded state or from an unfolded state to a folded state according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例的电子设备100的软件结构框图;3 is a block diagram of the software structure of the electronic device 100 according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的一组屏幕显示界面的示意图;其中:Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of a set of screen display interfaces provided by an embodiment of the present application; among them:
图4(A)是本申请实施例提供的一种可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时用户触摸屏幕显示界面中显示的视图元素的屏幕显示界面示意图;FIG. 4(A) is a schematic diagram of a screen display interface in which a user touches a view element displayed on the screen display interface when the foldable display screen is in a folded state according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4(B)是本申请实施例提供的一种如图4(A)所示的可折叠显示屏从折叠状态切换为展开状态时的屏幕显示界面示意图;FIG. 4(B) is a schematic diagram of a screen display interface when the foldable display screen shown in FIG. 4(A) is switched from a folded state to an unfolded state according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4(C)是本申请实施例提供的一种如图4(A)所示的可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时的屏幕显示界面示意图;FIG. 4(C) is a schematic diagram of a screen display interface when the foldable display screen shown in FIG. 4(A) is in an unfolded state according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4(D)是本申请实施例提供的另一种如图4(A)所示的可折叠显示屏从折叠状态切换为展开状态时的屏幕显示界面示意图;FIG. 4(D) is a schematic diagram of another screen display interface when the foldable display screen shown in FIG. 4(A) is switched from a folded state to an unfolded state according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4(E)是本申请实施例提供的另一种如图4(A)所示的可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时的屏幕显示界面示意图;FIG. 4(E) is a schematic diagram of another screen display interface when the foldable display screen shown in FIG. 4(A) is in an unfolded state according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4(F)是本申请实施例提供的另一种如图4(A)所示的可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时的屏幕显示界面示意图;FIG. 4(F) is a schematic diagram of another screen display interface when the foldable display screen shown in FIG. 4(A) is in an unfolded state according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4(G)是本申请实施例提供的另一种如图4(A)所示的可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时的屏幕显示界面示意图;FIG. 4(G) is a schematic diagram of another screen display interface when the foldable display screen shown in FIG. 4(A) is in an unfolded state according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4(H)是本申请实施例提供的另一种如图4(A)所示的可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时的屏幕显示界面示意图;FIG. 4(H) is a schematic diagram of another screen display interface when the foldable display screen shown in FIG. 4(A) is in an unfolded state according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4(I)是本申请实施例提供的另一种如图4(A)所示的可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时的屏幕显示界面示意图;FIG. 4(I) is a schematic diagram of another screen display interface when the foldable display screen shown in FIG. 4(A) is in an unfolded state according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种根据视图元素确定应用的方法的流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining an application based on view elements according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种根据视图元素确定应用的方法的流程示意图;6 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining an application based on view elements provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种确定在屏幕区域中显示的应用的方法的流程示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining an application displayed in a screen area according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种多屏交互方法的流程示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a multi-screen interaction method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的另一种多屏交互方法的流程示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another multi-screen interaction method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的另一组屏幕显示界面的示意图;其中:Fig. 10 is a schematic diagram of another set of screen display interfaces provided by an embodiment of the present application; among them:
图10(A)是本申请实施例提供的一种可折叠显示屏处于展开状态且为多屏显示状态时用户触摸视图元素的屏幕显示界面示意图;FIG. 10(A) is a schematic diagram of a screen display interface when a user touches a view element when a foldable display screen is in an unfolded state and is in a multi-screen display state according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10(B)是本申请实施例提供的一种响应于如图10(A)所示的触摸操作之后对应显示的屏幕显示界面示意图;FIG. 10(B) is a schematic diagram of a screen display interface correspondingly displayed after responding to the touch operation as shown in FIG. 10(A) according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10(C)是本申请实施例提供的另一种响应于如图10(A)所示的触摸操作之后对应显示的屏幕显示界面示意图;FIG. 10(C) is a schematic diagram of another screen display interface correspondingly displayed after responding to the touch operation as shown in FIG. 10(A) according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10(D)是本申请实施例提供的一种响应于用户对视图元素的触摸操作后对应显示的屏幕界面示意图;FIG. 10(D) is a schematic diagram of a correspondingly displayed screen interface in response to a user's touch operation on a view element according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图11是本申请实施例提供的另一组屏幕显示界面示的意图;其中:FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another set of screen display interfaces provided by an embodiment of the present application; among them:
图11(A)是本申请实施例提供的一种可折叠显示屏处于展开状态且为多屏显示时用户拖动一屏幕区域中的视图元素往另一屏幕区域中的触摸操作对应的屏幕界面示意图;FIG. 11(A) is a screen interface corresponding to a touch operation when the user drags a view element in one screen area to another screen area when the foldable display screen is in an expanded state and is displayed on multiple screens according to an embodiment of the present application. Schematic diagram
图11(B)本申请实施例提供的一种响应于如图11(A)所示的触摸操作之后对应显示的屏幕显示界面示意图;FIG. 11(B) provides a schematic diagram of a screen display interface correspondingly displayed after responding to the touch operation as shown in FIG. 11(A) according to an embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例提供的另一组屏幕显示界面示的意图;其中:Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of another set of screen display interfaces provided by an embodiment of the present application; among them:
图12(A)是本申请实施例提供的一种可折叠显示屏处于展开状态且为全屏屏显示时用户触摸视图元素的屏幕显示界面示意图;FIG. 12(A) is a schematic diagram of a screen display interface when a user touches a view element when a foldable display screen is in an expanded state and is displayed in a full screen according to an embodiment of the present application;
图12(B)是本申请实施例提供的一种响应于如图12(A)所示的触摸操作之后对应显示的屏幕显示界面示意图;FIG. 12(B) is a schematic diagram of a screen display interface correspondingly displayed after responding to the touch operation as shown in FIG. 12(A) according to an embodiment of the present application;
图12(C)是本申请实施例提供的另一种响应于用户对视图元素的触摸操作后对应显示的屏幕界面示意图。FIG. 12(C) is a schematic diagram of another screen interface correspondingly displayed in response to a user's touch operation on a view element according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面结合本申请实施例中的附图对本申请实施例进行描述。本申请实施例的实施方式部分使用的术语仅用于对本申请的具体实施例进行解释,而非旨在限定本申请。The embodiments of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. The terms used in the implementation part of the embodiments of the present application are only used to explain the specific embodiments of the present application, and are not intended to limit the present application.
首先介绍本申请实施例涉及的电子设备。请参阅图1,图1是本申请实施例提供的电子设备100的结构示意图。First, the electronic equipment involved in the embodiments of the present application is introduced. Please refer to FIG. 1, which is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
应该理解的是,图1所示电子设备100仅是一个范例,并且电子设备100可以具有比图1中所示的更多的或者更少的部件,可以组合两个或多个的部件,或者可以具有不同的部件配置。图中所示出的各种部件可以在包括一个或多个信号处理和/或专用集成电路在内的硬件、软件、或硬件和软件的组合中实现。It should be understood that the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 1 is only an example, and the electronic device 100 may have more or fewer components than those shown in FIG. 1, two or more components may be combined, or Can have different component configurations. The various components shown in the figure may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
电子设备100可以包括:处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,按键190,马达191,指示器192,摄像头193,显示屏194,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A,陀螺仪传感器180B,气压传感器180C,磁传感器180D,加速度传感器180E,距离传感器180F,接近光传感器180G,指纹传感器180H,温度传感器180J,触摸传感器180K,环境光传感器180L,骨传导传感器180M等。The electronic device 100 may include: a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2. Mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, buttons 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display 194, And subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195 and so on. The sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的结构并不构成对电子设备100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100. In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than those shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or arrange different components. The illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processingunit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,存储器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units. For example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor ( image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU), etc. . Among them, the different processing units may be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
其中,控制器可以是电子设备100的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100. The controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching instructions and executing instructions.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 110 to store instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory. The memory can store instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, and the efficiency of the system is improved.
在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuitsound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purposeinput/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces. The interface can include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuitsound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, and a universal asynchronous receiver /transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and/or Universal serial bus (USB) interface, etc.
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线,包括一根串行数据线(serial data line,SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line,SCL)。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器110可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器180K,充电器,闪光灯,摄像头193等。例如:处理器110可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器180K,使处理器110与触摸传感器180K通过I2C总线接口通信,实现电子设备100的触摸功能。The I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL). In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses. The processor 110 may be coupled to the touch sensor 180K, charger, flash, camera 193, etc., respectively through different I2C bus interfaces. For example, the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K through an I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface to implement the touch function of the electronic device 100.
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2S总线。处理器110可以通过I2S总线与音频模块170耦合,实现处理器110与音频模块170之间的通信。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过I2S接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。The I2S interface can be used for audio communication. In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses. The processor 110 may be coupled with the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through an I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset.
PCM接口也可以用于音频通信,将模拟信号抽样,量化和编码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170与无线通信模块160可以通过PCM总线接口耦合。在一些实施例中,音频模块170也可以通 过PCM接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。所述I2S接口和所述PCM接口都可以用于音频通信。The PCM interface can also be used for audio communication to sample, quantize and encode analog signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
UART接口是一种通用串行数据总线,用于异步通信。该总线可以为双向通信总线。它将要传输的数据在串行通信与并行通信之间转换。在一些实施例中,UART接口通常被用于连接处理器110与无线通信模块160。例如:处理器110通过UART接口与无线通信模块160中的蓝牙模块通信,实现蓝牙功能。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过UART接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机播放音乐的功能。The UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication. The bus can be a two-way communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication. In some embodiments, the UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160. For example, the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to realize the Bluetooth function. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through a UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through a Bluetooth headset.
MIPI接口可以被用于连接处理器110与显示屏194,摄像头193等外围器件。MIPI接口包括摄像头串行接口(camera serial interface,CSI),显示屏串行接口(displayserial interface,DSI)等。在一些实施例中,处理器110和摄像头193通过CSI接口通信,实现电子设备100的拍摄功能。处理器110和显示屏194通过DSI接口通信,实现电子设备100的显示功能。The MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the display screen 194, the camera 193 and other peripheral devices. The MIPI interface includes a camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), a display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), and so on. In some embodiments, the processor 110 and the camera 193 communicate through a CSI interface to implement the shooting function of the electronic device 100. The processor 110 and the display screen 194 communicate through a DSI interface to realize the display function of the electronic device 100.
GPIO接口可以通过软件配置。GPIO接口可以被配置为控制信号,也可被配置为数据信号。在一些实施例中,GPIO接口可以用于连接处理器110与摄像头193,显示屏194,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,传感器模块180等。GPIO接口还可以被配置为I2C接口,I2S接口,UART接口,MIPI接口等。The GPIO interface can be configured through software. The GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal. In some embodiments, the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193, the display screen 194, the wireless communication module 160, the audio module 170, the sensor module 180, and so on. The GPIO interface can also be configured as an I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口,具体可以是Mini USB接口,Micro USB接口,USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接充电器为电子设备100充电,也可以用于电子设备100与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机,通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他电子设备,例如AR设备等。The USB interface 130 is an interface that complies with the USB standard specification, and specifically may be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and so on. The USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100, and can also be used to transfer data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect earphones and play audio through earphones. This interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对电子设备100的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention is merely a schematic description, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100. In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过电子设备100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块141为电子设备供电。The charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger. Among them, the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive the charging input of the wired charger through the USB interface 130. In some embodiments of wireless charging, the charging management module 140 may receive the wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100. While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142, it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 141.
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142,充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入,为处理器110,内部存储器121,外部存储器,显示屏194,摄像头193,和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110. The power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the external memory, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160. The power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance). In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110. In other embodiments, the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。The antenna 1 and the antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in the electronic device 100 can be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example: Antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna can be used in combination with a tuning switch.
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方 案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 150 can provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to the electronic device 100. The mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, a switch, a power amplifier, a low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like. The mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves by the antenna 1, and perform processing such as filtering, amplifying and transmitting the received electromagnetic waves to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation via the antenna 1. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A,受话器170B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110,与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。The modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Among them, the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal. The demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. After the low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor, it is passed to the application processor. The application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, etc.), or displays an image or video through the display screen 194. In some embodiments, the modem processor may be an independent device. In other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110 and be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括无线局域网(wirelesslocal area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), and global navigation satellite systems. (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication (NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110. The wireless communication module 160 may also receive a signal to be sent from the processor 110, perform frequency modulation, amplify, and convert it into electromagnetic waves to radiate through the antenna 2.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,天线2和无线通信模块160耦合,使得电子设备100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(codedivision multiple access,CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multipleaccess,WCDMA),时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE),BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GLONASS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidounavigation satellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellitesystem,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems,SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband code Wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC, FM , And/or IR technology, etc. The GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou satellite navigation system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi- Zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS).
电子设备100通过GPU,显示屏194,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The electronic device 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like. The GPU is an image processing microprocessor, which is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. The GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations and is used for graphics rendering. The processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
显示屏194用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emittingdiode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrixorganic light emitting diode的,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emittingdiode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot lightemitting diodes,QLED)等。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194,N为大于1的正整数。The display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, and the like. The display screen 194 includes a display panel. The display panel can use liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (organic light-emitting diode, OLED), active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode). , AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), etc. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include one or N display screens 194, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
在本申请的一些实施例中,当显示面板采用OLED、AMOLED、FLED等材料时,上述图1中的显示屏194可以被弯折。这里,上述显示屏194可以被弯折是指显示屏可以在任意部位弯折到任意角度,并可以在该角度保持。例如,显示屏194可以从中部左右对折,也可以从中部上下对折。本申请实施例中,将可以被弯折的显示屏称为可折叠显示屏。其中,该可折叠显示屏可以是一块屏幕,也可以是多块屏幕拼凑在一起组合成的显示屏,在此不作限定。In some embodiments of the present application, when the display panel adopts OLED, AMOLED, FLED and other materials, the display screen 194 in FIG. 1 may be bent. Here, the above-mentioned display screen 194 can be bent means that the display screen can be bent at any position to any angle, and can be maintained at that angle. For example, the display screen 194 can be folded in half from the center, or can be folded in half from the center. In the embodiments of the present application, the display screen that can be bent is referred to as a foldable display screen. Wherein, the foldable display screen may be one screen, or a display screen formed by patching together multiple screens, which is not limited here.
示例性的,请参见图2,可折叠显示屏可以至少包括两种物理形态:展开形态和折叠形态。如图2中的(A)所示,该可折叠显示屏为展开形态,即指可以从中部左右对折的该可折叠显示屏的中间弯折部位的左右两端(如果折叠显示屏是上下折叠,则是可折叠显示屏的中间弯折部位的上下两端)所成夹角在180度和第一角度之间,其中,第一角度大于0度且小于180度,例如第一角度可以是90度。如图2中的(B)所示,该可折叠显示屏为展开形态,即指可以从该折叠显示屏2的1/3和2/3的弯折部位的左右对折该折叠显示屏2的弯折部位的左右两端(如果折叠显示屏是上下折叠,则是可折叠显示屏的1/3和2/3的弯折部位的上下两端)所成夹角在180度和第一角度之间,其中,第一角度大于0度且小于180度,例如第一角度可以是90度。如图2中的(C)和(D)所示,可折叠显示屏也可以为折叠形态,即指该可折叠显示屏的中间弯折部位的左右两端(如果折叠显示屏是上下折叠,则是可折叠显示屏的中间弯折部位的上下两端)所成的夹角在0度和第一角度之间;如图2中的(E)和(F)所示,可折叠显示屏也可以为折叠形态,即指该可折叠显示屏的1/3和2/3的弯折部位的左右两端(如果折叠显示屏是上下折叠,则是可折叠显示屏的1/3和2/3的弯折部位的上下两端)所成的夹角在0度和第一角度之间。Exemplarily, referring to FIG. 2, the foldable display screen may include at least two physical forms: an expanded form and a folded form. As shown in Figure 2 (A), the foldable display is in an unfolded form, that is, the left and right ends of the middle bending part of the foldable display that can be folded in half from the middle (if the foldable display is folded up and down) , Is the upper and lower ends of the middle bending part of the foldable display screen) The included angle is between 180 degrees and the first angle, where the first angle is greater than 0 degrees and less than 180 degrees, for example, the first angle can be 90 degrees. As shown in Figure 2(B), the foldable display screen is in an unfolded form, which means that the folding display screen 2 can be folded in half from the left and right sides of 1/3 and 2/3 of the folding display screen 2. The left and right ends of the bending part (if the folding display is folded up and down, it is the upper and lower ends of the 1/3 and 2/3 of the folding part of the foldable display). The angle formed is 180 degrees and the first angle Among them, the first angle is greater than 0 degrees and less than 180 degrees, for example, the first angle may be 90 degrees. As shown in (C) and (D) in Figure 2, the foldable display screen can also be in a folded form, that is, the left and right ends of the middle bending part of the foldable display screen (if the foldable display screen is folded up and down, The angle formed by the upper and lower ends of the middle bending part of the foldable display screen is between 0 degrees and the first angle; as shown in (E) and (F) in Figure 2, the foldable display screen It can also be in a folded form, that is, the left and right ends of the 1/3 and 2/3 of the foldable display screen (if the folding display is folded up and down, it is 1/3 and 2 of the foldable display screen). The angle formed by the upper and lower ends of the /3 bending part) is between 0 degrees and the first angle.
如图2中的(C)和(D)所示,可折叠显示屏为两折叠显示屏,进入折叠形态后的该可折叠显示屏的显示区域可以被划分为第一屏幕区域和第二屏幕区域。该可折叠显示屏在展开形态下可以朝着第一屏幕区域和第二屏幕区域相面对的方向折叠,也可以朝着第一屏幕区域和第二屏幕区域相背对的方向折叠;在一些实施例中,可折叠显示屏中部弯折部位的左右两端(如果可折叠显示屏是上下折叠,则是可折叠显示屏的中间弯折部位的上下两端)所成夹角可以在0度到+180度之间。例如,可折叠显示屏可以往朝着第一屏幕区域和第二屏幕区域相面对的方向弯折成夹角为30度的折叠形态,也可以往朝着第一屏幕区域和第二屏幕区域相背对的方向弯折成夹角30度的折叠形态。As shown in (C) and (D) in Figure 2, the foldable display screen is a two-fold display screen, and the display area of the foldable display screen after entering the folded form can be divided into a first screen area and a second screen area. The foldable display screen can be folded in the direction facing the first screen area and the second screen area in the unfolded state, or it can be folded in the direction opposite to the first screen area and the second screen area; in some In an embodiment, the left and right ends of the middle bending part of the foldable display screen (if the foldable display screen is folded up and down, the upper and lower ends of the middle bending part of the foldable display screen) can form an angle of 0 degrees To +180 degrees. For example, the foldable display screen can be bent toward the direction facing the first screen area and the second screen area into a folded form with an angle of 30 degrees, or it can be turned toward the first screen area and the second screen area. The opposite direction is bent into a folded configuration with an included angle of 30 degrees.
如图2中的(E)和(F)所示,可折叠显示屏为三折叠显示屏,进入折叠形态后的该可折叠显示屏的显示区域可以被划分为第一屏幕区域、第二屏幕区域和第三屏幕区域。该可折叠显示屏在展开形态下可以朝着第一屏幕区域和第二屏幕区域相面对、第二屏幕区域和第三屏幕区域相背对的方向折叠,也可以朝着第一屏幕区域和第二屏幕区域相背对、第二屏幕区域和第三屏幕区域相面对的方向折叠。As shown in (E) and (F) in Figure 2, the foldable display is a three-fold display. The display area of the foldable display after entering the folded form can be divided into a first screen area and a second screen. Area and third screen area. The foldable display screen can be folded in the direction in which the first screen area and the second screen area face each other, and the second screen area and the third screen area are opposite to each other in the unfolded form, or it can face the first screen area and the third screen area. The second screen area is opposite to each other, and the second screen area and the third screen area face each other.
在一些实施例中,该电子设备100可以通过重力传感器、加速度传感器和陀螺仪中的一个或多个,可以判断该可折叠显示屏处于折叠形态还是处于展开形态,还可以判断该可折叠显示屏处于竖屏状态还是处于横屏状态。该电子设备100还可以通过重力传感器、加速度触感器和陀螺仪,检测该可折叠显示屏的弯折的夹角,然后,电子设备100可以根据该弯折的夹角,判断出该可折叠显示屏处于折叠形态还是处于展开形态。电子设备100还可与通过重力传感器、加速度传感器和陀螺仪中的一个或多个,判断折叠形态下,该可折叠显示屏的朝向,进而确定出显示系统所输出界面内容的显示区域。例如,当该可折叠显示屏的第一屏幕区域相对于地面朝向上方时,电子设备100可以将显示系统输出的界面内容,显示在第一屏幕区域上。当该可折叠显示屏的第二屏 幕区域相对于地面朝向上方时,电子设备100可以将显示系统输出的界面内容,显示在第二屏幕区域上。In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 can use one or more of a gravity sensor, an acceleration sensor, and a gyroscope to determine whether the foldable display screen is in a folded configuration or an unfolded configuration, and can also determine whether the foldable display screen is in an unfolded configuration. Whether it is in portrait mode or landscape mode. The electronic device 100 can also detect the bending angle of the foldable display screen through a gravity sensor, an acceleration touch sensor, and a gyroscope. Then, the electronic device 100 can determine the foldable display according to the bending angle. Whether the screen is in a folded form or an expanded form. The electronic device 100 can also use one or more of a gravity sensor, an acceleration sensor, and a gyroscope to determine the orientation of the foldable display screen in the folded configuration, and then determine the display area of the interface content output by the display system. For example, when the first screen area of the foldable display screen faces upward with respect to the ground, the electronic device 100 may display the interface content output by the display system on the first screen area. When the second screen area of the foldable display screen faces upward with respect to the ground, the electronic device 100 can display the interface content output by the display system on the second screen area.
在一些实施例中,该电子设备100还可以包括角度传感器(图1中未示出)该角度传感器可以设置在该可折叠显示屏的弯折部位处。电子设备100可以通过设置在该可折叠显示屏的弯折部位的角度传感器(图1中未示出),测量该可折叠显示屏中间弯折部位两端所成夹角,当该夹角大于或等于第一角度时,电子设备100可以通过角度传感器识别出该可折叠显示屏进入展开状态。当该夹角小于或等于第一角度时,电子设备100可以通过角度传感器识别出该可折叠显示屏进入折叠形态。In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may further include an angle sensor (not shown in FIG. 1). The angle sensor may be disposed at a bending position of the foldable display screen. The electronic device 100 can measure the angle formed by the two ends of the middle bending part of the foldable display screen through an angle sensor (not shown in FIG. 1) provided at the bending part of the foldable display screen. When the angle is greater than When the angle is equal to or equal to the first angle, the electronic device 100 can recognize through the angle sensor that the foldable display screen enters the unfolded state. When the included angle is less than or equal to the first angle, the electronic device 100 can recognize through the angle sensor that the foldable display screen enters the folded form.
在其他一些实施例中,电子设备100也可以通过设置在该可折叠显示屏的弯折部位的物理开关,识别出该可折叠显示屏是否处于折叠形态。例如,当电子设备接收到用户对该可折叠显示屏的折叠操作,该设置在该电子设备上的物理开关被触发打开,电子设备100可以确定该可折叠显示屏处于折叠形态。当电子设备100接收到用户对该可折叠显示屏展开操作,该设置在该电子设备上的物理开关被触发关闭,电子设备可以确定该可折叠显示屏处于展开形态。上述示例仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。In some other embodiments, the electronic device 100 can also recognize whether the foldable display screen is in a folded configuration through a physical switch provided at the bending part of the foldable display screen. For example, when the electronic device receives a user's folding operation on the foldable display screen, the physical switch provided on the electronic device is triggered to open, and the electronic device 100 can determine that the foldable display screen is in a folded state. When the electronic device 100 receives the user's unfolding operation of the foldable display screen, the physical switch provided on the electronic device is triggered to close, and the electronic device can determine that the foldable display screen is in the unfolded form. The above examples are only used to explain the application and should not constitute a limitation.
下文以可折叠显示屏为两折叠显示屏为例,当可折叠显示屏处于展开形态时,该可折叠显示屏可全屏显示内容,也可部分区域(例如第一屏幕区域或第二屏幕区域)显示内容,也可两个或两个以上部分区域显示内容。在一种可能的实现方式中,可折叠显示屏全屏显示界面内容时,该界面内容可以占用该可折叠显示屏的部分显示区域,例如显示屏194为异形切割屏(Notch屏)时,异形切割屏的中间部分显示该界面内容,一侧或两侧边缘部分黑屏时,也可以看作该可折叠显示屏全屏显示该界面内容。The following takes the foldable display as an example of two foldable displays. When the foldable display is in the unfolded form, the foldable display can display content in full screen or part of the area (such as the first screen area or the second screen area) Display content, you can also display content in two or more partial areas. In a possible implementation, when the foldable display screen displays the interface content in full screen, the interface content may occupy part of the display area of the foldable display screen. The middle part of the screen displays the interface content, and when one or both sides of the edge part are black, it can also be regarded as the foldable display screen displaying the interface content in full screen.
电子设备100可以通过ISP,摄像头193,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The electronic device 100 can implement a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor.
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如,拍照时,打开快门,光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上,光信号转换为电信号,摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理,转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点,亮度,肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光,色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。The ISP is used to process the data fed back from the camera 193. For example, when taking a picture, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing and is converted into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also optimize the image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be provided in the camera 193.
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个摄像头193,N为大于1的正整数。The camera 193 is used to capture still images or videos. The object generates an optical image through the lens and is projected to the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transfers the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats of image signals. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include one or N cameras 193, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其他数字信号。例如,当电子设备100在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects the frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。电子设备100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样,电子设备100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频,例如:动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group,MPEG)1,MPEG2,MPEG3,MPEG4等。Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video. The electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in multiple encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
NPU为神经网络(neural-network,NN)计算处理器,通过借鉴生物神经网络结构,例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式,对输入信息快速处理,还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现电子设 备100的智能认知等应用,例如:图像识别,人脸识别,语音识别,文本理解等。NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By drawing on the structure of biological neural networks, for example, the transfer mode between human brain neurons, it can quickly process input information, and it can also continuously self-learn. Through the NPU, applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 100 can be realized, such as image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, text understanding, and so on.
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展电子设备100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100. The external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in an external memory card.
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令,从而执行电子设备100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。此外,内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。The internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions. The processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by running instructions stored in the internal memory 121. The internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area. Among them, the storage program area can store an operating system, an application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) required by at least one function, and the like. The data storage area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the electronic device 100. In addition, the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash storage (UFS), and the like.
电子设备100可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。The electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the earphone interface 170D, and the application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中,或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。The audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into an analog audio signal for output, and is also used to convert an analog audio input into a digital audio signal. The audio module 170 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110, or part of the functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110.
扬声器170A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。电子设备100可以通过扬声器170A收听音乐,或收听免提通话。The speaker 170A, also called "speaker", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. The electronic device 100 can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to a hands-free call.
受话器170B,也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当电子设备100接听电话或语音信息时,可以通过将受话器170B靠近人耳接听语音。The receiver 170B, also called "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. When the electronic device 100 answers a call or voice message, it can receive the voice by bringing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
麦克风170C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息时,用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风170C发声,将声音信号输入到麦克风170C。电子设备100可以设置至少一个麦克风170C。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以设置两个麦克风170C,除了采集声音信号,还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100还可以设置三个,四个或更多麦克风170C,实现采集声音信号,降噪,还可以识别声音来源,实现定向录音功能等。The microphone 170C, also called "microphone", "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or sending a voice message, the user can make a sound by approaching the microphone 170C through the human mouth, and input the sound signal into the microphone 170C. The electronic device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which can implement noise reduction functions in addition to collecting sound signals. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may also be provided with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and realize directional recording functions.
耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口170D可以是USB接口130,也可以是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform,OMTP)标准接口,美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA,CTIA)标准接口。The earphone interface 170D is used to connect wired earphones. The earphone interface 170D may be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, and a cellular telecommunications industry association (cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA, CTIA) standard interface.
压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号,可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中,压力传感器180A可以设置于显示屏194。压力传感器180A的种类很多,如电阻式压力传感器,电感式压力传感器,电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器180A,电极之间的电容改变。电子设备100根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏194,电子设备100根据压力传感器180A检测所述触摸操作强度。电子设备100也可以根据压力传感器180A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。在一些实施例中,作用于相同触摸位置,但不同触摸操作强度的触摸操作,可以对应不同的操作指令。例如:当有触摸操作强度小于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行查看短消息的指令。当有触摸操作强度大于或等于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行新建短消息的指令。The pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal. In some embodiments, the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194. There are many types of pressure sensors 180A, such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, capacitive pressure sensors and so on. The capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates with conductive materials. When a force is applied to the pressure sensor 180A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes. The electronic device 100 determines the intensity of the pressure according to the change in capacitance. When a touch operation acts on the display screen 194, the electronic device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A. The electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A. In some embodiments, touch operations that act on the same touch position but have different touch operation strengths may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation whose intensity of the touch operation is less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed.
陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定电子设备100的运动姿态。在一些实施例中,可以通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定电子设备100围绕三个轴(即,x,y和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于拍摄防抖。示例性的,当按下快门,陀螺仪传感器180B检测电子设备100抖动的角度,根据角度计算出镜头模组需要补偿的距离,让镜头通过反向运动抵消电子设备100的抖动,实现防抖。陀螺仪传感器180B还可以用于导航,体感游戏场景。The gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the movement posture of the electronic device 100. In some embodiments, the angular velocity of the electronic device 100 around three axes (ie, x, y, and z axes) can be determined by the gyro sensor 180B. The gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization. Exemplarily, when the shutter is pressed, the gyro sensor 180B detects the shake angle of the electronic device 100, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shake of the electronic device 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake. The gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
气压传感器180C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中,电子设备100通过气压传感器180C测得的气压值计算海拔高度,辅助定位和导航。The air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。电子设备100可以利用磁传感器180D检测翻盖皮套的开合。在一些实施例中,当电子设备100是翻盖机时,电子设备100可以根据磁传感器180D检测翻盖的开合。进而根据检测到的皮套的开合状态或翻盖的开合状态,设置翻盖自动解锁等特性。The magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor. The electronic device 100 may use the magnetic sensor 180D to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster. In some embodiments, when the electronic device 100 is a flip machine, the electronic device 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 180D. Furthermore, according to the detected opening and closing state of the leather case or the opening and closing state of the flip cover, features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
加速度传感器180E可检测电子设备100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当电子设备100静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别电子设备姿态,应用于横竖屏切换,计步器等应用。The acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes). When the electronic device 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and apply to applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, and so on.
距离传感器180F,用于测量距离。电子设备100可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中,拍摄场景,电子设备100可以利用距离传感器180F测距以实现快速对焦。Distance sensor 180F, used to measure distance. The electronic device 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 100 may use the distance sensor 180F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器,例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。电子设备100通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。电子设备100使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时,可以确定电子设备100附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时,电子设备100可以确定电子设备100附近没有物体。电子设备100可以利用接近光传感器180G检测用户手持电子设备100贴近耳朵通话,以便自动熄灭屏幕达到省电的目的。接近光传感器180G也可用于皮套模式,口袋模式自动解锁与锁屏。The proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector such as a photodiode. The light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode. The electronic device 100 emits infrared light to the outside through the light emitting diode. The electronic device 100 uses a photodiode to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 100. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 100 can determine that there is no object near the electronic device 100. The electronic device 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the electronic device 100 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power. The proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, and the pocket mode will automatically unlock and lock the screen.
环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。电子设备100可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏194亮度。环境光传感器180L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器180L还可以与接近光传感器180G配合,检测电子设备100是否在口袋里,以防误触。The ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense the brightness of the ambient light. The electronic device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived brightness of the ambient light. The ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures. The ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the electronic device 100 is in the pocket to prevent accidental touch.
指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。电子设备100可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁,访问应用锁,指纹拍照,指纹接听来电等。The fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints. The electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to implement fingerprint unlocking, access application locks, fingerprint photographs, fingerprint answering calls, and so on.
温度传感器180J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中,电子设备100利用温度传感器180J检测的温度,执行温度处理策略。例如,当温度传感器180J上报的温度超过阈值,电子设备100执行降低位于温度传感器180J附近的处理器的性能,以便降低功耗实施热保护。在另一些实施例中,当温度低于另一阈值时,电子设备100对电池142加热,以避免低温导致电子设备100异常关机。在其他一些实施例中,当温度低于又一阈值时,电子设备100对电池142的输出电压执行升压,以避免低温导致的异常关机。The temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds a threshold value, the electronic device 100 reduces the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 180J, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection. In other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the electronic device 100 due to low temperature. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 boosts the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
触摸传感器180K,也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194,由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器180K也可以设置于电子设备100的表面,与显示屏194所处的位置不同。Touch sensor 180K, also called "touch panel". The touch sensor 180K may be provided on the display screen 194, and the touch screen is composed of the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194, which is also called a “touch screen”. The touch sensor 180K is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event. The visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194. In other embodiments, the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100, which is different from the position of the display screen 194.
骨传导传感器180M可以获取振动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M可以获取人体声部振动骨块的振动信号。骨传导传感器180M也可以接触人体脉搏,接收血压跳动信号。在 一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M也可以设置于耳机中,结合成骨传导耳机。音频模块170可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的声部振动骨块的振动信号,解析出语音信号,实现语音功能。应用处理器可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的血压跳动信号解析心率信息,实现心率检测功能。The bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can obtain the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice. The bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the human pulse and receive the blood pressure pulse signal. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M may also be provided in the earphone, combined with the bone conduction earphone. The audio module 170 can parse the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone block of the voice obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the voice function. The application processor can analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beating signal obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the heart rate detection function.
按键190包括开机键,音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。电子设备100可以接收按键输入,产生与电子设备100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。The button 190 includes a power-on button, a volume button, and so on. The button 190 may be a mechanical button. It can also be a touch button. The electronic device 100 may receive key input, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100.
马达191可以产生振动提示。马达191可以用于来电振动提示,也可以用于触摸振动反馈。例如,作用于不同应用(例如拍照,音频播放等)的触摸操作,可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏194不同区域的触摸操作,马达191也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如:时间提醒,接收信息,闹钟,游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。The motor 191 can generate vibration prompts. The motor 191 can be used for incoming call vibration notification, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback. For example, touch operations applied to different applications (such as photographing, audio playback, etc.) can correspond to different vibration feedback effects. Acting on touch operations in different areas of the display screen 194, the motor 191 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. Different application scenarios (for example: time reminding, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.) can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
指示器192可以是指示灯,可以用于指示充电状态,电量变化,也可以用于指示消息,未接来电,通知等。The indicator 192 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate the charging status, power change, or to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and so on.
SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口195,或从SIM卡接口195拔出,实现和电子设备100的接触和分离。电子设备100可以支持1个或N个SIM卡接口,N为大于1的正整数。SIM卡接口195可以支持Nano SIM卡,Micro SIM卡,SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口195可以同时插入多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同,也可以不同。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容外部存储卡。电子设备100通过SIM卡和网络交互,实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中,电子设备100采用eSIM,即:嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在电子设备100中,不能和电子设备100分离。The SIM card interface 195 is used to connect to the SIM card. The SIM card can be inserted into the SIM card interface 195 or pulled out from the SIM card interface 195 to achieve contact and separation with the electronic device 100. The electronic device 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, and N is a positive integer greater than 1. The SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM cards, Micro SIM cards, SIM cards, etc. The same SIM card interface 195 can insert multiple cards at the same time. The types of the multiple cards can be the same or different. The SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards. The SIM card interface 195 may also be compatible with external memory cards. The electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as call and data communication. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 adopts an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card. The eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100.
电子设备100的软件系统可以采用分层架构,事件驱动架构,微核架构,微服务架构,或云架构。本发明实施例以分层架构的Android系统为例,示例性说明电子设备100的软件结构。The software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture. The embodiment of the present invention takes an Android system with a layered architecture as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100.
图3是本申请实施例的电子设备100的软件结构框图。FIG. 3 is a block diagram of the software structure of the electronic device 100 according to an embodiment of the present application.
分层架构将软件分成若干个层,每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中,将Android系统分为四层,从上至下分别为应用程序层,应用程序框架层,安卓运行时(Android runtime)和系统库,以及内核层。The layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Communication between layers through software interface. In some embodiments, the Android system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom, the application layer, the application framework layer, the Android runtime and system library, and the kernel layer.
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。The application layer can include a series of application packages.
如图3所示,应用程序包可以包括相机,图库,日历,通话,地图,导航,WLAN,蓝牙,音乐,视频,短信息等应用程序。As shown in Figure 3, the application package may include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message, etc.
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface,API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。The application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer. The application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
如图3所示,应用程序框架层可以包括窗口管理器,内容提供器,视图系统,电话管理器,资源管理器,通知管理器等。As shown in Figure 3, the application framework layer can include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a phone manager, a resource manager, a notification manager, and so on.
窗口管理器用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小,判断是否有状态栏,锁定屏幕,截取屏幕等。The window manager is used to manage window programs. The window manager can obtain the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take a screenshot, etc.
内容提供器用来存放和获取数据,并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。所述数据可以包括视频,图像,音频,拨打和接听的电话,浏览历史和书签,电话簿等。The content provider is used to store and retrieve data and make these data accessible to applications. The data may include videos, images, audios, phone calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc.
视图系统包括可视控件,例如显示文字的控件,显示图像的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如,包括短信通知图标的显示界面,可以包 括显示文字的视图以及显示图像的视图。The view system includes visual controls, such as controls that display text, controls that display images, and so on. The view system can be used to build applications. The display interface can be composed of one or more views. For example, a display interface that includes a short message notification icon can include a view that displays text and a view that displays images.
电话管理器用于提供电子设备100的通信功能。例如通话状态的管理(包括接通,挂断等)。The phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the electronic device 100. For example, the management of the call status (including connecting, hanging up, etc.).
资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源,比如本地化字符串,图标,图像,布局文件,视频文件等等。The resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, images, layout files, video files, and so on.
通知管理器使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息,可以用于传达告知类型的消息,可以短暂停留后自动消失,无需用户交互。比如通知管理器被用于告知下载完成,消息提醒等。通知管理器还可以是以图表或者滚动条文本形式出现在系统顶部状态栏的通知,例如后台运行的应用程序的通知,还可以是以对话窗口形式出现在屏幕上的通知。例如在状态栏提示文本信息,发出提示音,电子设备振动,指示灯闪烁等。The notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and it can automatically disappear after a short stay without user interaction. For example, the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, and so on. The notification manager can also be a notification that appears in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of a chart or a scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window. For example, text messages are prompted in the status bar, prompt sounds, electronic devices vibrate, and indicator lights flash.
Android Runtime包括核心库和虚拟机。Android runtime负责安卓系统的调度和管理。Android Runtime includes core libraries and virtual machines. Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
核心库包含两部分:一部分是java语言需要调用的功能函数,另一部分是安卓的核心库。The core library consists of two parts: one part is the function functions that the java language needs to call, and the other part is the core library of Android.
应用程序层和应用程序框架层运行在虚拟机中。虚拟机将应用程序层和应用程序框架层的java文件执行为二进制文件。虚拟机用于执行对象生命周期的管理,堆栈管理,线程管理,安全和异常的管理,以及垃圾回收等功能。The application layer and application framework layer run in a virtual machine. The virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files. The virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
系统库可以包括多个功能模块。例如:表面管理器(surface manager),媒体库(Media Libraries),三维图形处理库(例如:OpenGL ES),2D图形引擎(例如:SGL)等。The system library can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), three-dimensional graphics processing library (for example: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (for example: SGL), etc.
表面管理器用于对显示子系统进行管理,并且为多个应用程序提供了2D和3D图层的融合。The surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides a combination of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
媒体库支持多种常用的音频,视频格式回放和录制,以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式,例如:MPEG4,H.264,MP3,AAC,AMR,JPG,PNG等。The media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files. The media library can support multiple audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图,图像渲染,合成,和图层处理等。The 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, synthesis, and layer processing.
2D图形引擎是2D绘图的绘图引擎。The 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动,摄像头驱动,音频驱动,传感器驱动。The kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software. The kernel layer contains at least display driver, camera driver, audio driver, and sensor driver.
下面基于图1所示的电子设备100,结合其他附图对本申请实施例提供的多屏交互方法进行详细说明。The multi-screen interaction method provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below based on the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 1 in conjunction with other drawings.
在本申请的一些应用场景中,当可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时,电子设备100可以在可折叠显示屏的显示区域(例如第一屏幕区域)上显示某一应用界面(例如邮箱的应用界面、短信的应用界面、日历的应用界面等)。当用户通过触摸操作作用于该应用界面的某一视图元素(例如短信应用界面显示的一条消息、一张图像等)时,电子设备100响应该触摸操作,根据该触摸操作所作用的视图元素,确定与该视图元素相关联的应用,如果在当前区域上显示该应用的相关信息,将会造成遮挡当前的应用界面的部分显示内容,降低了用户的视觉体验。In some application scenarios of the present application, when the foldable display screen is in the folded state, the electronic device 100 may display a certain application interface (such as the application interface of the mailbox) on the display area (such as the first screen area) of the foldable display screen. , SMS application interface, calendar application interface, etc.). When the user acts on a certain view element of the application interface (for example, a message, an image, etc. displayed on the SMS application interface) through a touch operation, the electronic device 100 responds to the touch operation, and according to the view element that the touch operation acts on, Determine the application associated with the view element. If relevant information of the application is displayed in the current area, part of the display content of the current application interface will be blocked, and the user's visual experience will be reduced.
本申请实施例中提及的触摸操作包括但不限于按压/长按触摸操作、拖拽触摸操作、滑动触摸操作、双击触摸操作、敲击触摸操作等。在实际应用场景中该触摸操作为区别于电子设备100当前用于触发其他指令的触摸操作,比如双指按压屏幕时用于文字识别的触摸操作,长按某一对话框以选中该对话框坐标范围内显示的文字内容的触摸操作。The touch operations mentioned in the embodiments of the present application include, but are not limited to, pressing/long-pressing touch operations, dragging touch operations, sliding touch operations, double-tap touch operations, tapping touch operations, and the like. In actual application scenarios, this touch operation is different from the touch operation currently used by the electronic device 100 to trigger other instructions, such as a touch operation used for text recognition when pressing the screen with two fingers. Long press a dialog box to select the dialog box coordinates. Touch operation of the text content displayed in the range.
为了充分利用可折叠显示屏的显示区域,给用户带来更好的视觉体验,本申请实施例提供了一种多屏交互方法。In order to make full use of the display area of the foldable display screen and bring a better visual experience to the user, an embodiment of the present application provides a multi-screen interaction method.
当可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时,电子设备100可以在可折叠显示屏的显示区域(例如第一屏幕区域)上显示某一应用界面(例如邮箱的应用界面、短信的应用界面、日历的应用界面等)。 当用户通过触摸操作作用于该应用界面的某一视图元素(例如短信应用界面显示的一条消息、一张图像等)时,电子设备100响应该触摸操作,根据该触摸操作所作用的视图元素,确定与该视图元素相关联的应用(例如可以搜索信息的浏览器),在除第一屏幕区域之外的其他屏幕区域(例如第二屏幕区域,或者第二屏幕和第三屏幕)上显示所确定的与视图元素相关联的应用。When the foldable display screen is in the folded state, the electronic device 100 can display a certain application interface (such as the application interface of the mailbox, the application interface of the SMS, the application of the calendar) on the display area (such as the first screen area) of the foldable display. Interface, etc.). When the user acts on a certain view element of the application interface (for example, a message, an image, etc. displayed on the SMS application interface) through a touch operation, the electronic device 100 responds to the touch operation, and according to the view element that the touch operation acts on, Determine the application associated with the view element (for example, a browser that can search for information), and display all of them on other screen areas (for example, the second screen area, or the second screen and the third screen) except the first screen area. Determine the application associated with the view element.
示例性的,当可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时,电子设备100可以在可折叠显示屏全屏显示某一应用界面,也可以在可折叠显示屏的部分显示区域(例如第一屏幕区域)显示某一应用界面,当用户通过触摸操作作用于该应用界面的某一视图元素时,电子设备100响应该触摸操作,根据该触摸操作所作用的视图元素,确定与该视图元素相关联的应用,如果可折叠显示屏为全屏显示该应用界面,则退出全屏显示,并在第一屏幕区域显示电子设备100全屏显示时的应用界面,在除第一屏幕区域之外的其它显示区域(例如第二屏幕区域)显示所确定的与视图元素相关联的应用。如果可折叠显示屏的部分显示区域(例如第一屏幕区域)显示该应用界面,则维持第一屏幕区域的内容不变,在除第一屏幕区域之外的其它显示区域(例如第二屏幕区域)显示所确定的与视图元素相关联的应用。Exemplarily, when the foldable display screen is in the unfolded state, the electronic device 100 may display a certain application interface on the full screen of the foldable display screen, or may display a certain application interface in a part of the display area (for example, the first screen area) of the foldable display screen. An application interface. When a user acts on a view element of the application interface through a touch operation, the electronic device 100 responds to the touch operation and determines the application associated with the view element according to the view element that the touch operation acts on, if The foldable display screen displays the application interface in full screen, then exits the full screen display, and displays the application interface when the electronic device 100 is displayed in full screen in the first screen area. Area) displays the determined application associated with the view element. If part of the display area of the foldable display screen (such as the first screen area) displays the application interface, the content of the first screen area remains unchanged, and the display area other than the first screen area (such as the second screen area) ) Displays the determined application associated with the view element.
下面给出视图元素和显示区域的定义:The definitions of view elements and display areas are given below:
视图元素:应用界面的视图层中所显示的元素,包括但不限于文字、图像、声音信息等。用户通过触摸操作作用于应用界面中的某一视图元素的情况可包含如下两种:1、触摸操作作用于一个视图元素,即视图元素仅为一个。2、触摸操作作用于两个或两个以上视图元素。View elements: elements displayed in the view layer of the application interface, including but not limited to text, images, sound information, etc. There are two situations in which the user acts on a certain view element in the application interface through a touch operation: 1. The touch operation acts on one view element, that is, there is only one view element. 2. Touch operation acts on two or more view elements.
显示区域:用于显示内容的区域,本申请实施例中将对电子设备100的显示区域进行划分后得到的用于显示不同内容的区域称为屏幕区域。Display area: an area for displaying content. In the embodiment of the present application, the area for displaying different content obtained by dividing the display area of the electronic device 100 is called a screen area.
示例性的,在一些实施例中,电子设备100在检测到用户对视图元素的触摸操作后,将电子设备100的显示区域划分为两个或两个以上的屏幕区域,在不同的屏幕区域显示不同的应用。在不同的屏幕区域显示不同的应用的情况可包含如下两种:1、每个屏幕区域对应显示一个应用。2、至少一个屏幕区域对应显示一个应用或一个以上应用。Exemplarily, in some embodiments, the electronic device 100 divides the display area of the electronic device 100 into two or more screen areas after detecting a user's touch operation on a view element, and displays them in different screen areas. Different applications. There are two situations in which different applications are displayed on different screen areas: 1. Each screen area corresponds to displaying one application. 2. At least one screen area correspondingly displays one application or more than one application.
示例性的,根据所划分的屏幕区域的个数M(M为大于1的整数),按照预设命名规则(例如从左往右、从上往下、从右往左、从下往上等规则)设定屏幕区域的名称对应为第一屏幕区域、第二屏幕区域、……、第M屏幕区域。Exemplarily, according to the number of divided screen areas M (M is an integer greater than 1), according to a preset naming rule (for example, from left to right, from top to bottom, from right to left, from bottom to top, etc.) Rule) The name of the set screen area corresponds to the first screen area, the second screen area,..., the Mth screen area.
需要说明的是,为了给到用户更好的视觉体验,在划分显示区域时,需要保证每个屏幕区域对应的面积不小于预设面积阈值。具体的,在划分显示区域时,根据预设划分规则对电子设备100的显示区域进行划分,得到M个屏幕区域。It should be noted that, in order to give the user a better visual experience, when dividing the display area, it is necessary to ensure that the area corresponding to each screen area is not less than the preset area threshold. Specifically, when dividing the display area, the display area of the electronic device 100 is divided according to a preset dividing rule to obtain M screen areas.
示例性的,预设划分规则可包含以下三种:1、根据用户设定的划分个数对电子设备100的显示区域进行划分。2、根据预设面积阈值与电子设备100的显示面积,确定显示区域的划分个数,根据确定的划分个数对电子设备100的显示区域进行划分。3、根据预设面积阈值、电子设备100的显示面积以及需要显示的应用的个数,确定显示区域的划分个数,根据确定的划分个数对电子设备100的显示区域进行划分。Exemplarily, the preset division rules may include the following three types: 1. The display area of the electronic device 100 is divided according to the number of divisions set by the user. 2. Determine the number of divisions of the display area according to the preset area threshold and the display area of the electronic device 100, and divide the display area of the electronic device 100 according to the determined number of divisions. 3. Determine the number of divisions of the display area according to the preset area threshold, the display area of the electronic device 100, and the number of applications that need to be displayed, and divide the display area of the electronic device 100 according to the determined number of divisions.
在本申请实施例中,对所确定的与视图元素相关联的应用来说,电子设备100可以以应用图标的形式显示,还可以以应用名称的形式显示,还可以既显示应用图标又显示应用名称,还可以以应用程序启动后对应的应用界面的形式显示,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In the embodiment of the present application, for the determined application associated with the view element, the electronic device 100 may be displayed in the form of an application icon, may also be displayed in the form of an application name, or may display both the application icon and the application The name can also be displayed in the form of the corresponding application interface after the application is started, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
请参阅图4,图4是本申请实施例提供的一组屏幕显示界面示意图。如图4中的(A)所示,为可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时显示的屏幕界面10。屏幕界面10包括应用界面101、状态栏102 以及导航栏103。其中:Please refer to FIG. 4, which is a schematic diagram of a set of screen display interfaces provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4(A), it is the screen interface 10 displayed when the foldable display screen is in the folded state. The screen interface 10 includes an application interface 101, a status bar 102, and a navigation bar 103. in:
应用界面101为应用程序运行时对应的用户界面,可以包括以文字形式展示的视图元素1011、以图像形式展示的视图元素1012、以音频或视频形式展示的视图元素1013。The application interface 101 is a corresponding user interface when the application is running, and may include a view element 1011 displayed in a text form, a view element 1012 displayed in an image form, and a view element 1013 displayed in an audio or video form.
状态栏102中可以包括运营商的名称(例如中国移动)、信号强度、WI-FI图标、当前剩余电量和时间。The status bar 102 may include the name of the operator (for example, China Mobile), signal strength, WI-FI icon, current remaining power and time.
导航栏103可以包括:返回按键1031、主界面(home screen)按键1032、呼出任务历史按键1033等系统导航键。其中,主界面为电子设备100在任何一个用户界面检测到作用于主界面按键1032的用户操作后显示的界面。当检测到用户点击返回按键1031时,电子设备100可显示当前用户界面的上一个用户界面。当检测到用户点击主界面按键1032时,电子设备100可显示主屏幕界面。当检测到用户点击呼出任务历史按键1033时,电子设备100可显示用户最近打开过的任务。各导航键的命名还可以为其他,比如,1031可以叫Back Button,1032可以叫Home button,1033可以叫Menu Button,本申请对此不做限制。导航栏103中的各导航键不限于虚拟按键,也可以实现为物理按键。The navigation bar 103 may include system navigation keys such as a return button 1031, a home screen button 1032, and a call out task history button 1033. The main interface is an interface displayed by the electronic device 100 after detecting a user operation on the main interface button 1032 on any user interface. When it is detected that the user clicks the return button 1031, the electronic device 100 may display the previous user interface of the current user interface. When it is detected that the user clicks the main interface button 1032, the electronic device 100 may display the main screen interface. When it is detected that the user clicks the outgoing task history button 1033, the electronic device 100 can display the task that the user has recently opened. The naming of each navigation key can also be other, for example, 1031 can be called Back Button, 1032 can be called Home button, and 1033 can be called Menu Button, which is not limited in this application. The navigation keys in the navigation bar 103 are not limited to virtual keys, and can also be implemented as physical keys.
用户可通过触摸操作选择应用界面中显示的视图元素,电子设备100检测到该触摸操作作用于视图元素时,显示该视图元素对应的第一关键词,根据第一关键词确定与视图元素相关联的应用,在第一屏幕区域显示应用界面101,在除第一屏幕区域之外的其它显示区域(例如第二屏幕区域,第二屏幕区域为背对第一屏幕区域的另一屏幕区域)显示所确定的与视图元素相关联的应用。The user can select the view element displayed in the application interface through a touch operation. When the electronic device 100 detects that the touch operation acts on the view element, it displays the first keyword corresponding to the view element, and determines that it is associated with the view element according to the first keyword. The application, the application interface 101 is displayed in the first screen area, and displayed in other display areas except the first screen area (for example, the second screen area, the second screen area is another screen area facing away from the first screen area) The determined application associated with the view element.
示例性的,如图4中的(A)所示,当可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态(即可折叠显示屏中部弯折部位的左右两端或上下两端所成夹角为0度)时,在屏幕界面10的关键词所属显示区域104显示第一关键词,并提示用户展开可折叠显示屏或翻转屏幕查看与视图元素相关联的应用,具体可通过语音、文字等方式提示用户展开可折叠显示屏或翻转屏幕查看与视图元素相关联的应用。Exemplarily, as shown in Figure 4(A), when the foldable display screen is in a folded state (that is, the angle formed by the left and right ends or the upper and lower ends of the central bending part of the foldable display screen is 0 degrees) , The first keyword is displayed in the display area 104 to which the keyword of the screen interface 10 belongs, and the user is prompted to expand the foldable display or flip the screen to view the application associated with the view element. Specifically, the user can be prompted to expand the display by voice, text, etc. Fold the display or flip the screen to see the apps associated with the view element.
如图4中(B)和(C)所示,当可折叠显示屏中部弯折部位的左右两端所成夹角从0度到+180度之间(不包括0度)变化时,即当可折叠显示屏从折叠状态切换为展开状态时,在第一屏幕区域203显示应用界面101,在第二屏幕区域204显示推荐的应用202,应用202为与视图元素相关联的应用。As shown in Figure 4 (B) and (C), when the angle between the left and right ends of the central bending part of the foldable display changes from 0 degrees to +180 degrees (not including 0 degrees), that is When the foldable display screen is switched from the folded state to the expanded state, the application interface 101 is displayed in the first screen area 203, and the recommended application 202 is displayed in the second screen area 204. The application 202 is an application associated with a view element.
如图4中(D)和(E)所示,当可折叠显示屏中部弯折部位的上下两端所成夹角从0度到+180度之间变化(不包括0度)时,即当可折叠显示屏从折叠状态切换为展开状态时,在第一屏幕区域303显示应用界面101,在第二屏幕区域304显示推荐的应用302,应用302为与视图元素相关联的应用。As shown in (D) and (E) in Figure 4, when the angle between the upper and lower ends of the central bending part of the foldable display changes from 0 degrees to +180 degrees (not including 0 degrees), that is When the foldable display screen is switched from the folded state to the expanded state, the application interface 101 is displayed in the first screen area 303, and the recommended application 302 is displayed in the second screen area 304. The application 302 is an application associated with the view element.
需要说明的是,当可折叠显示屏中部弯折部位的左右两端所成夹角为0度时,可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态,这时,第一屏幕区域和第二屏幕区域为相背对的两个显示区域,当确定与视图元素相关联的应用后,在第一屏幕区域显示提示信息,以提示展开可折叠显示屏以显示与视图元素相关联的应用,或者提示用户翻转可折叠显示屏,以便于用户在第二屏幕区域查看与视图元素相关联的应用。It should be noted that when the angle between the left and right ends of the central bending part of the foldable display screen is 0 degrees, the foldable display screen is in a folded state. At this time, the first screen area and the second screen area are opposite to each other. For the two display areas, when the application associated with the view element is determined, a prompt message is displayed in the first screen area to prompt to expand the foldable display to display the application associated with the view element, or to prompt the user to flip the foldable The display screen is convenient for the user to view the application associated with the view element in the second screen area.
可以理解的是,当可折叠显示屏中部弯折部位的左右两端所成夹角大于0度且小于或等于+180度时,可折叠显示屏处于展开状态。It can be understood that the foldable display screen is in an unfolded state when the angle formed by the left and right ends of the central bending part of the foldable display screen is greater than 0 degrees and less than or equal to +180 degrees.
需要说明的是,推荐的应用可以以名称、图标或名称与图标结合的形式展示。在一些实施例中,推荐的应用可以以应用界面的形式展示。It should be noted that the recommended application can be displayed in the form of a name, an icon, or a combination of the name and the icon. In some embodiments, the recommended application may be displayed in the form of an application interface.
还需要说明的是,可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时,背对第一屏幕区域的第二屏幕区域可以为息屏状态、也可以显示屏幕主界面或者其他应用界面,在确定与视图元素相关联的应用后,可以在第二屏幕区域显示该与视图元素相关联的应用,而之前在第二屏幕区域显示的其他应用将跳转至后台运行,在第二屏幕区域显示的与视图元素相关的应用退出后,跳转至后台运行的其他应用可以显示在第二屏幕区域。It should also be noted that when the foldable display screen is in the folded state, the second screen area facing away from the first screen area can be in the off-screen state, or it can display the main screen interface or other application interfaces. After the application, the application associated with the view element can be displayed in the second screen area, and other applications previously displayed in the second screen area will jump to the background to run, and the view element-related applications displayed in the second screen area After the application exits, other applications that jump to the background to run can be displayed in the second screen area.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100根据可折叠显示屏的弯折部位对可折叠显示屏的显示区域进行划分,得到两个或三个屏幕区域。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100根据预设划分规则对可折叠显示屏的显示区域进行划分得到两个或两个以上屏幕区域。屏幕区域的面积可以是固定的,也可以根据用户输入的调整操作对屏幕区域的面积进行调整。In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 divides the display area of the foldable display screen according to the bending position of the foldable display screen to obtain two or three screen areas. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 divides the display area of the foldable display screen according to a preset division rule to obtain two or more screen areas. The area of the screen area can be fixed, or the area of the screen area can be adjusted according to the adjustment operation input by the user.
如图4中的(F)所示,可折叠显示屏的显示区域被划分为3个屏幕区域,在第一屏幕区域403显示应用界面101,在第二屏幕区域404显示与视图元素相关联的一个应用4021,在第三屏幕区域显示与视图元素相关联的另一个应用4022。在一些实施例中,如图4中的(F)所示,当可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时,电子设备100将背对第一屏幕区域的显示区域进行划分,更新得到第二屏幕区域404和第三屏幕区域405。As shown in (F) in Figure 4, the display area of the foldable display screen is divided into three screen areas. The application interface 101 is displayed in the first screen area 403, and the display elements associated with the view elements are displayed in the second screen area 404. One application 4021 displays another application 4022 associated with the view element in the third screen area. In some embodiments, as shown in (F) of FIG. 4, when the foldable display screen is in the folded state, the electronic device 100 divides the display area facing away from the first screen area to update the second screen area 404 And the third screen area 405.
如图4中的(G)和(H)所示,可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时,可折叠显示屏的显示区域被划分为3个屏幕区域。如图4中的(G)所示,在第一屏幕区域403显示应用界面101,在第二屏幕区域404显示与视图元素相关联的一个应用4021,在第三屏幕区域405显示与视图元素相关联的除应用4021之外的其他应用。如图4中的(H)所示,在第一屏幕区域403显示应用界面101,在第二屏幕区域404显示与视图元素相关联的且为同一类型的应用,比如该类型应用为地图类应用,其中,应用4021为百度地图,应用4024为高德地图;在第三屏幕区域405显示与视图元素相关联的且为其他同一类型的应用,比如该类型应用为出行订票类应用,其中,应用4022为12306订票应用、应用4023为携程旅行应用。As shown in (G) and (H) in FIG. 4, when the foldable display screen is in an unfolded state, the display area of the foldable display screen is divided into three screen areas. As shown in (G) in Figure 4, an application interface 101 is displayed in the first screen area 403, an application 4021 associated with a view element is displayed in the second screen area 404, and an application 4021 associated with a view element is displayed in the third screen area 405. Connected to other applications other than application 4021. As shown in (H) in Figure 4, the application interface 101 is displayed in the first screen area 403, and the same type of application associated with the view element is displayed in the second screen area 404, for example, this type of application is a map application , Where application 4021 is Baidu map, application 4024 is Gaode map; the third screen area 405 displays other applications of the same type associated with view elements, for example, this type of application is a travel booking application, among which, Application 4022 is a 12306 booking application, and application 4023 is a Ctrip travel application.
如图4中的(I)所示,可折叠显示屏的显示区域被划分为4个屏幕区域,应用界面101所属应用跳转至后台运行,在第一屏幕区域502、第二屏幕区域503、第三屏幕区域504和第四屏幕区域505各自对应显示任意一个与视图元素相关联的应用501,比如,在第一屏幕区域502显示应用5011,在第二屏幕区域503显示应用5012,在第三屏幕区域504显示应用5014,在第四屏幕区域505显示应用5013,其中,应用5011、应用5012、应用5013和应用5014以应用界面的形式显示。As shown in (I) in Figure 4, the display area of the foldable display screen is divided into four screen areas, and the application to which the application interface 101 belongs jumps to the background to run in the first screen area 502, the second screen area 503, The third screen area 504 and the fourth screen area 505 each correspondingly display any application 501 associated with the view element. For example, the application 5011 is displayed in the first screen area 502, the application 5012 is displayed in the second screen area 503, and the application 5012 is displayed in the third screen area 503. The screen area 504 displays the application 5014, and the fourth screen area 505 displays the application 5013, where the application 5011, the application 5012, the application 5013, and the application 5014 are displayed in the form of an application interface.
需要说明的是,当与视图元素相关联的应用以应用界面的形式显示时,在该应用界面中显示该视图元素对应的关键词以及该关键词对应的搜索结果。It should be noted that when an application associated with a view element is displayed in the form of an application interface, the keyword corresponding to the view element and the search result corresponding to the keyword are displayed in the application interface.
在本申请实施例中,由于在除显示视图元素所属应用界面的屏幕区域之外的其他屏幕区域显示与该视图元素相关联的应用,减少了与该视图元素关联的应用遮挡该视图元素所属应用界面的屏幕区域的面积,提高了用户的浏览效率,增加了用户的视觉体验。In the embodiment of the present application, since the application associated with the view element is displayed in other screen areas except the screen area of the application interface to which the view element belongs, the application associated with the view element is reduced to block the application to which the view element belongs. The area of the screen area of the interface improves the user's browsing efficiency and increases the user's visual experience.
下面介绍电子设备100根据视图元素确定应用的过程。The following describes the process of the electronic device 100 determining the application according to the view element.
请参阅图5,图5是本申请实施例提供的一种根据视图元素确定应用的方法的流程示意图。如图5所示,该方法包含步骤S101~S106。Please refer to FIG. 5, which is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining an application based on view elements according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 5, the method includes steps S101 to S106.
S101、电子设备100显示屏幕界面10。S101. The electronic device 100 displays a screen interface 10.
本申请实施例中,电子设备100显示的屏幕界面10可以如图4中的(A)所示,可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态,在可折叠显示屏的一个屏幕区域比如主屏中显示应用界面101,所显示的应用 界面101即为屏幕界面10。也可以如图8中的(A)所示,可折叠显示屏处于展开状态,且处于多屏显示状态,在其中一个屏幕区域显示聊天类应用(比如QQ、微信等)的应用界面,在另一个屏幕区域显示主屏幕界面,所显示的应用界面以及主屏幕界面构成电子设备100显示的屏幕界面。也可以如图10中的(A)所示,可折叠显示屏处于展开状态,且处于全屏显示状态,在可折叠显示屏上显示日历的应用界面构成电子设备100显示的屏幕界面。In the embodiment of the present application, the screen interface 10 displayed by the electronic device 100 may be as shown in (A) in FIG. , The displayed application interface 101 is the screen interface 10. Alternatively, as shown in Figure 8(A), the foldable display screen is in an unfolded state and is in a multi-screen display state. The application interface of chat applications (such as QQ, WeChat, etc.) is displayed on one of the screen areas, and the other One screen area displays the main screen interface, and the displayed application interface and the main screen interface constitute the screen interface displayed by the electronic device 100. Alternatively, as shown in (A) in FIG. 10, the foldable display screen is in an unfolded state and is in a full-screen display state, and the application interface for displaying the calendar on the foldable display screen constitutes the screen interface displayed by the electronic device 100.
S102、电子设备100检测用户在应用界面101对视图元素的触摸操作。S102. The electronic device 100 detects a user's touch operation on the view element on the application interface 101.
本申请实施例中,电子设备100在检测到用户在应用界面101对视图元素的触摸操作时,同时获取可折叠显示屏的显示状态,其中,显示状态为电子设备通过可折叠显示屏显示界面的状态,包括全屏显示状态和多屏显示状态。In the embodiment of the present application, when the electronic device 100 detects the user's touch operation on the view element on the application interface 101, it simultaneously obtains the display state of the foldable display screen, where the display state is the display state of the electronic device through the foldable display screen display interface. Status, including full-screen display status and multi-screen display status.
需要说明的是,当可折叠显示屏处于折叠状态时,默认可折叠显示屏的显示状态为多屏显示状态。It should be noted that when the foldable display screen is in the folded state, the default display state of the foldable display screen is the multi-screen display state.
示例性的,如果可折叠显示屏的显示状态为全屏显示状态,即电子设备100在屏幕区域中全屏显示应用界面101,电子设备100将退出全屏显示,并将电子设备100的显示区域划分为两个或两个以上的屏幕区域,所划分得到的屏幕区域均用于显示与视图元素相关联的应用,以便于提高可折叠显示屏的显示效率,使得用户能够快速浏览与视图元素相关联的应用;或者所划分得到的屏幕区域中的任意一个用于显示按一定比例缩放的应用界面101,在剩余的屏幕区域中显示与视图元素相关联的应用。Exemplarily, if the display state of the foldable display screen is the full-screen display state, that is, the electronic device 100 displays the application interface 101 in the full screen area, the electronic device 100 will exit the full-screen display and divide the display area of the electronic device 100 into two One or more screen areas, the divided screen areas are used to display applications associated with view elements, so as to improve the display efficiency of the foldable display screen, so that users can quickly browse applications associated with view elements ; Or any one of the divided screen areas is used to display the application interface 101 zoomed in by a certain ratio, and the application associated with the view element is displayed in the remaining screen area.
如果可折叠显示屏的显示状态为多屏显示,即电子设备100在两个或两个以上的屏幕区域中的任意一个显示应用界面101,在剩余的其他屏幕界面显示主屏幕界面或者其他的应用界面,电子设备100检测用户在应用界面101对视图元素的触摸操作之后,维持屏幕区域的个数不变,在除显示应用界面101之外的任意屏幕区域显示与视图元素相关联的应用,除应用界面101对应的应用和与视图元素相关联的应用保持在前台运行,其它应用将跳转到后台运行。If the display state of the foldable display is multi-screen display, that is, the electronic device 100 displays the application interface 101 in any one of the two or more screen areas, and displays the main screen interface or other applications on the remaining other screen interfaces Interface, after the electronic device 100 detects that the user touches the view element in the application interface 101, the number of screen areas remains unchanged, and the application associated with the view element is displayed in any screen area except the display application interface 101, except The application corresponding to the application interface 101 and the application associated with the view element keep running in the foreground, and other applications will jump to the background to run.
应该理解的是,与视图元素相关联的应用为用户未触摸视图元素时在可折叠显示屏上显示的应用时,该应用保持在原来的屏幕区域上显示。It should be understood that when the application associated with the view element is an application displayed on the foldable display screen when the user does not touch the view element, the application remains displayed on the original screen area.
S103、响应于用户对视图元素的触摸操作,电子设备100显示上述视图元素对应的第一关键词。S103. In response to the user's touch operation on the view element, the electronic device 100 displays the first keyword corresponding to the above-mentioned view element.
本申请实施例中,响应于用户对如图4中的(A)所示的视图元素的触摸操作,电子设备100从该触摸操作所作用的视图元素中识别并提取关键词,即视图元素对应的第一关键词。In the embodiment of the present application, in response to the user's touch operation on the view element as shown in (A) in FIG. 4, the electronic device 100 recognizes and extracts keywords from the view element that the touch operation acts on, that is, the view element corresponds to The first keyword.
示例性的,电子设备100通过图形用户界面接口获取视图元素后,可以通过图像识别、文本识别、声音识别等方法识别视图元素的内容,从所识别到的内容中分析并提取第一关键词。Exemplarily, after the electronic device 100 obtains the view element through the graphical user interface interface, it can recognize the content of the view element through methods such as image recognition, text recognition, voice recognition, etc., and analyze and extract the first keyword from the recognized content.
需要说明的是,第一关键词至少为一个,包括但不限于字、词、句。即在识别视图元素的内容以提取第一关键词时进行语义分析,得到至少一个词组。It should be noted that there is at least one first keyword, including but not limited to words, words, and sentences. That is, semantic analysis is performed when the content of the view element is recognized to extract the first keyword, and at least one phrase is obtained.
示例性的,电子设备100提取触摸操作所作用区域的内容,对提取到的内容分析得到第一关键词。Exemplarily, the electronic device 100 extracts the content of the area affected by the touch operation, and analyzes the extracted content to obtain the first keyword.
S104、电子设备100存储第一关键词。S104. The electronic device 100 stores the first keyword.
S105、电子设备100对第一关键词进行分类,根据分类结果确定第二关键词。S105. The electronic device 100 classifies the first keyword, and determines the second keyword according to the classification result.
本申请实施例中,根据词语的属性或特征等,通过语义关联或扩展,电子设备100可以将具有相同属性或具有相同特征的词语进行分类,再根据分类结果确定第二关键词,从而缩减关键词的数量,达到提高查找应用的效率的目的。In the embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 can classify words with the same properties or features according to the attributes or characteristics of the words, etc., through semantic association or expansion, and then determine the second keyword according to the classification result, thereby reducing the key The number of words achieves the purpose of improving the efficiency of searching applications.
比如,词语的特征表现为地址时,可以将所有可以归类为地址的词语分到地址这一类,比如北京、上海、南京等关键词,分类后确定的关键词为“地址”。For example, when the feature of a word is an address, all words that can be classified as an address can be classified into the address category, such as keywords such as Beijing, Shanghai, Nanjing, etc., and the keyword determined after the classification is "address".
示例性的,电子设备100通过分类器(例如基于深度学习的神经网络模型)对第一关键词进行分类,比如将北京、上海、广州等归类到地址,将北京故宫、上海迪士尼等归类到景点,将周末、圣诞节、春节等归类到日期,将“去哪儿玩”归类到活动,将归类后得到类别(例如地址、日期等)即分类结果作为第二关键词。Exemplarily, the electronic device 100 classifies the first keyword through a classifier (for example, a neural network model based on deep learning), such as classifying Beijing, Shanghai, Guangzhou, etc. into addresses, and classifying Beijing Palace Museum, Shanghai Disneyland, etc. To scenic spots, classify weekends, Christmas, Spring Festival, etc. into dates, classify "Where to play" into activities, and classify the resulting category (such as address, date, etc.) as the second keyword.
示例性的,电子设备100对第一关键词进行分类确定第二关键词后,建立第二关键词与第一关键词的关联关系,以便于电子设备100可以根据第二关键词确定对应的第一关键词,从而在确定第二关键词对应的应用后,可以在该应用对应的应用界面上显示第一关键词的相关内容。Exemplarily, after the electronic device 100 classifies the first keyword and determines the second keyword, it establishes an association relationship between the second keyword and the first keyword, so that the electronic device 100 can determine the corresponding first keyword according to the second keyword. A keyword, so that after the application corresponding to the second keyword is determined, the related content of the first keyword can be displayed on the application interface corresponding to the application.
S106、电子设备100根据第二关键词确定第一关键词对应的应用。S106. The electronic device 100 determines an application corresponding to the first keyword according to the second keyword.
本申请实施例中,电子设备100中存储有如表1所示的应用索引列表,该应用索引列表存储有关键词与应用的关联关系,基于关键词与应用的关联关系,电子设备100根据第二关键词,可以从应用索引列表中索引到第二关键词对应的应用,也即第一关键词对应的应用。In the embodiment of the present application, the electronic device 100 stores an application index list as shown in Table 1. The application index list stores the association relationship between keywords and applications. Based on the association relationship between keywords and applications, the electronic device 100 according to the second The keyword can be indexed from the application index list to the application corresponding to the second keyword, that is, the application corresponding to the first keyword.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2021079475-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021079475-appb-000001
从表1中可以看出,每个关键词至少关联一个应用,即与视图元素相关联的应用个数为N,N为大于或等于1的整数。It can be seen from Table 1 that each keyword is associated with at least one application, that is, the number of applications associated with the view element is N, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
在一些可能的实现方式中,电子设备100对无法确定对应分类的关键词,将其划分到“其它”分类中,“其它”分类对应关联的应用为浏览器。In some possible implementation manners, the electronic device 100 classifies keywords for which the corresponding category cannot be determined into the "other" category, and the correspondingly associated application of the "other" category is a browser.
可以理解的是,应用索引列表中所存储的关键并不仅限于表1中所示的关键词,根据实际应用需求还可以进一步细分或概括,比如关键词“地址”和“景点”可以概括为“地点”,关键词“活动”可以细分为“旅游”、“美食分享”等。It is understandable that the keys stored in the application index list are not limited to the keywords shown in Table 1, and can be further subdivided or summarized according to actual application requirements. For example, the keywords "address" and "scenic spot" can be summarized as "Location", the keyword "activity" can be subdivided into "tourism", "food sharing" and so on.
在一些可能的实现方式中,应用索引列表中存储有预先设定的各个应用对应的索引权重,即一个应用对应有一个索引权重,这里所指的索引权重具体为根据关键词索引到某个应用的权重,用于根据该应用对应的权重确定显示该应用的概率。一般排序在前的应用对应的索引权重越高,索引权重越高,该索引权重对应的应用被索引到并被显示的概率也就越大。如表1所示,应用1的索引权重高于应用2的索引权重,应用2的索引权重高于应用N的索引权重。在屏幕区域显示的应用个数存在限制时,比如当一个屏幕区域仅能显示一个应用,且屏幕区域的个数M小于视图元素相关联的应用的个N数,即M大于N时,电子设备100将根据索引权重,在电子设备100的屏幕区域中显示排序在前的M个应用。In some possible implementations, the application index list stores pre-set index weights corresponding to each application, that is, an application corresponds to an index weight. The index weight referred to here specifically refers to the index to a certain application according to the keyword The weight of is used to determine the probability of displaying the application according to the corresponding weight of the application. Generally, the higher the index weight corresponding to the top-ranked application, the higher the index weight, and the greater the probability that the application corresponding to the index weight will be indexed and displayed. As shown in Table 1, the index weight of application 1 is higher than that of application 2, and the index weight of application 2 is higher than that of application N. When the number of applications displayed in the screen area is limited, for example, when a screen area can only display one application, and the number of screen areas M is less than the number of applications associated with the view element, that is, when M is greater than N, the electronic device 100 will display the top M applications in the screen area of the electronic device 100 according to the index weight.
需要说明的是,在一些可能的实现方式中,索引权重可以根据用户对应用程序的使用频率进行调整,应用程序的使用频率越高,对应的索引权重也就越高。这里所指的使用频率为电子设备 100在屏幕区域显示与视图元素相关联的应用后,用户点击所显示的应用的频率。电子设备100根据用户在一段时间范围内点击应用的频率,调整应用对应的索引权重。It should be noted that in some possible implementations, the index weight can be adjusted according to the frequency of use of the application by the user, and the higher the frequency of use of the application, the higher the corresponding index weight. The frequency of use referred to here is the frequency at which the user clicks on the displayed application after the electronic device 100 displays the application associated with the view element in the screen area. The electronic device 100 adjusts the index weight corresponding to the application according to the frequency of the user clicking the application within a period of time.
需要说明的是,应用索引列表可以是预先设定的,也即预先设定关键词与应用的关联关系,使得通过关键词可以快速索引到对应的应用。It should be noted that the application index list may be preset, that is, the association relationship between keywords and applications is preset, so that the corresponding applications can be quickly indexed through the keywords.
还需要说明的是,由于不同的电子设备100已安装的应用不同,而具有同一关键词的应用一般都多于一个,为了提高索引效率,每个电子设备100的应用索引列表可以进一步优化。It should also be noted that, because different electronic devices 100 have different installed applications, and there are generally more than one applications with the same keyword, in order to improve indexing efficiency, the application index list of each electronic device 100 can be further optimized.
例如,电子设备100将其已安装的应用的名称和预设的应用索引列表中的应用进行比较匹配,将预设的应用索引列表中没有存在匹配项的应用删除,得到更新后的应用索引列表,将更新后的应用索引列表作为电子设备100的索引列表。For example, the electronic device 100 compares and matches the names of the installed applications with the applications in the preset application index list, deletes applications that do not have matching items in the preset application index list, and obtains an updated application index list , The updated application index list is used as the index list of the electronic device 100.
示例性的,在一个可能的实现方式中,电子设备所查找到的应用为其未安装的应用,这时,电子设备无法直接启动该应用,则提示用户安装该应用。或者电子设备将该应用的名称设定为第三关键词,根据该第三关键词在预定应用中搜索并显示相应的搜索结果,以便于用户能够快速安装该应用。Exemplarily, in a possible implementation manner, the application that the electronic device finds is an application that is not installed. At this time, the electronic device cannot directly start the application, and the user is prompted to install the application. Or the electronic device sets the name of the application as the third keyword, searches for the predetermined application according to the third keyword and displays the corresponding search result, so that the user can quickly install the application.
示例性的,视图元素对应的关键词至少为两个,在一些实施例中,为了满足用户的个性化需求,仅查找用户所关注的关键词对应的应用,用户可触摸在应用界面中显示的关键词对应的删除控件以删除其不感兴趣的关键词。Exemplarily, there are at least two keywords corresponding to the view element. In some embodiments, in order to meet the personalized needs of the user, only the application corresponding to the keyword that the user pays attention to is searched, and the user can touch the displayed in the application interface The delete control corresponding to the keyword is used to delete the keywords that it is not interested in.
请参阅图6,图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种根据视图元素确定应用的方法的流程示意图的方法的流程示意图。如图6所示,该方法包含步骤S201~S208。Please refer to FIG. 6, which is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining an application based on view elements according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 6, the method includes steps S201 to S208.
S201~S203可参阅图5所描述实施例中步骤S101~S103的描述,这里不再赘述。For S201 to S203, please refer to the description of steps S101 to S103 in the embodiment described in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
S204、电子设备100检测用户对删除控件2011的触摸操作。S204. The electronic device 100 detects a user's touch operation on the delete control 2011.
S205、响应于用户对删除控件1041的触摸操作,电子设备100在应用界面101上删除对应的第一关键词。S205. In response to the user's touch operation on the delete control 1041, the electronic device 100 deletes the corresponding first keyword on the application interface 101.
S206、电子设备100存储更新后的第一关键词。S206. The electronic device 100 stores the updated first keyword.
本申请实施例中,更新后的第一关键词为用户触摸删除控件1041删除对应的第一关键词后所保留的关键词。In the embodiment of the present application, the updated first keyword is the keyword retained after the user touches the delete control 1041 to delete the corresponding first keyword.
可选的,本申请实施例不限于通过删除控件1041删除视图元素对应的第一关键词,还可以通过其他方式删除,例如通过检测用户对第一关键词的触摸操作比如拖动操作,在被拖动的第一关键词移出关键词所属区域后,删除被拖动的第一关键词。Optionally, the embodiment of the present application is not limited to deleting the first keyword corresponding to the view element through the delete control 1041. It can also be deleted in other ways, for example, by detecting a user's touch operation on the first keyword, such as a drag operation. After the dragged first keyword moves out of the area where the keyword belongs, the dragged first keyword is deleted.
S207~S208可参阅图5所描述实施例中步骤S105~S106的描述,这里不再赘述。For S207 to S208, please refer to the description of steps S105 to S106 in the embodiment described in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
请参阅图7,图7是本申请实施例提供的一种确定在屏幕区域中显示的应用的方法的流程示意图。如图7所示,该方法包含步骤S301~S306。Please refer to FIG. 7, which is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining an application displayed in a screen area according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 7, the method includes steps S301 to S306.
S301~S303可参阅图5所描述实施例中步骤S101~S103的描述,这里不再赘述。For S301 to S303, please refer to the description of steps S101 to S103 in the embodiment described in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
S304、响应于用户对视图元素的触摸操作,电子设备100对其显示区域进行划分得到M个屏幕区域。S304. In response to the user's touch operation on the view element, the electronic device 100 divides its display area to obtain M screen areas.
在本申请实施例中,电子设备100在检测到用户在应用界面101对视图元素的触摸操作后,获取可折叠显示屏的显示状态,其中,显示状态包括全屏显示状态和多屏显示状态,全屏显示状态为可折叠显示屏处于展开状态时,全屏显示可折叠显示屏的显示区域,即可折叠显示屏的显示区域的个数为一个;多屏显示状态为可折叠显示屏在两个或两个以上屏幕区域显示可折叠显示屏的显示区域,即可折叠显示屏的显示区域的个数为两个或两个以上。如果可折叠显示屏处于全屏 显示状态,则根据预设划分规则对可折叠显示屏的显示区域进行划分得到M个屏幕区域。In the embodiment of the present application, the electronic device 100 obtains the display state of the foldable display screen after detecting the user's touch operation on the view element on the application interface 101, where the display state includes a full-screen display state and a multi-screen display state. When the display state is that the foldable display is in the unfolded state, the display area of the foldable display is displayed on the full screen, that is, the number of display areas of the foldable display is one; the multi-screen display state is that the foldable display is in two or two More than one screen area displays the display area of the foldable display, that is, the number of display areas of the foldable display is two or more. If the foldable display screen is in a full-screen display state, the display area of the foldable display screen is divided according to a preset division rule to obtain M screen areas.
在一些实施例中,如果可折叠显示屏的显示状态为多屏显示状态,则确定可折叠显示屏当前是否处于展开状态,如果可折叠显示屏当前处于展开状态,则获取与视图元素相关联的应用的个数N,如果与视图元素相关联的应用的个数N大于可折叠显示屏的屏幕区域的个数M,电子设备100则根据预设划分规则对可折叠显示屏的显示区域进行划分,并更新屏幕区域的个数M为划分后得到的屏幕区域的个数。In some embodiments, if the display state of the foldable display screen is the multi-screen display state, it is determined whether the foldable display screen is currently in the unfolded state, and if the foldable display screen is currently in the unfolded state, the information associated with the view element is obtained. The number of applications N, if the number N of applications associated with the view element is greater than the number M of the screen area of the foldable display screen, the electronic device 100 divides the display area of the foldable display screen according to a preset division rule , And update the number of screen areas M to be the number of screen areas obtained after division.
需要说明的是,电子设备100在根据预设划分规则对可折叠显示屏的显示区域进行划分时,将预设划分规则对应的划分个数与视图元素相关联的应用个数N进行比较,确定划分个数最接近与视图元素相关联的应用个数N的预设划分规则,再根据所确定的预设划分规则对可折叠显示屏的显示区域进行划分。It should be noted that when the electronic device 100 divides the display area of the foldable display screen according to the preset dividing rule, it compares the number of divisions corresponding to the preset dividing rule with the number N of applications associated with the view element, and determines A preset division rule whose number of divisions is closest to the number N of applications associated with the view element is divided, and then the display area of the foldable display screen is divided according to the determined preset division rule.
S305、电子设备100获取与视图元素相关联的应用对应的索引权重。S305. The electronic device 100 obtains an index weight corresponding to an application associated with the view element.
S306、电子设备100根据上述索引权重,确定各个屏幕区域中显示的应用。S306. The electronic device 100 determines the applications displayed in each screen area according to the aforementioned index weight.
在本申请实施例中,电子设备100在获取视图元素相关联的应用后,将为这些视图元素相关联的应用分配屏幕区域以显示对应的应用。具体的,电子设备100根据确定的与视图元素相关联的应用的个数N、各个应用对应的索引权重、以及屏幕区域的个数M,确定在屏幕区域中显示的应用。In the embodiment of the present application, after the electronic device 100 obtains the applications associated with the view elements, it will allocate a screen area to the applications associated with the view elements to display the corresponding applications. Specifically, the electronic device 100 determines the application displayed in the screen area according to the determined number N of applications associated with the view element, the index weight corresponding to each application, and the number M of the screen area.
请参阅图8,图8是本申请实施例提供的一种多屏交互的方法的流程示意图的方法的流程示意图。如图8所示,该方法包含步骤S401~S404。Please refer to FIG. 8. FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method for multi-screen interaction provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 8, the method includes steps S401 to S404.
S401、电子设备100显示屏幕界面10。S401. The electronic device 100 displays the screen interface 10.
S402、电子设备检测用户对第一屏幕区域的触摸操作。S402. The electronic device detects a user's touch operation on the first screen area.
S403、电子设备100接收用户对第一屏幕区域的触摸操作,确定上述触摸操作对应的视图元素。S403. The electronic device 100 receives the user's touch operation on the first screen area, and determines the view element corresponding to the above touch operation.
其中,第一屏幕区域为上述多屏中的任一屏幕区域,上述视图元素为上述第一屏幕区域当前显示的应用界面中的元素;Wherein, the first screen area is any screen area of the above-mentioned multiple screens, and the above-mentioned view element is an element in the application interface currently displayed in the above-mentioned first screen area;
S404、响应上述触摸操作,电子设备100在上述多屏中除上述第一屏幕区域之外的至少一个屏幕区域显示上述视图元素相关联的应用,或者:上述第一屏幕区域当前显示的应用转至后台运行,在上述多屏中的若干个屏幕区域显示上述视图元素相关联的应用。S404. In response to the above-mentioned touch operation, the electronic device 100 displays the application associated with the above-mentioned view element in at least one screen area of the above-mentioned multi-screen except the above-mentioned first screen area, or: the application currently displayed in the above-mentioned first screen area is transferred to Running in the background, the application associated with the above-mentioned view element is displayed on several screen areas in the above-mentioned multi-screen.
本申请实施例中,一方面,在除第一屏幕区域之外的至少一个屏幕区域显示该视图元素关联的应用,可以降低在第一屏幕区域上由于显示上述视图元素相关联的应用所造成的遮挡,并且充分利用了屏幕的显示区域,在屏幕上显示多个应用程序的应用界面,方便用户查看。另一方面,第一屏幕区域当前显示的应用转至后台运行,在该多屏中的若干个屏幕区域显示该视图元素相关联的应用,实现在了在屏幕上显示多个视图元素相关联的应用,方便人们同时查看该视图元素相关联的应用。在一些实施例中,可折叠显示屏处于多屏显示状态时,用户触摸第一屏幕区域(多屏显示状态下的任意一个屏幕区域)当前显示的应用界面中的任意元素时,电子设备100将确定该触摸操作对应的视图元素,并获取该视图元素相关联的应用,在除第一屏幕区域之外的至少一个屏幕区域显示该视图元素相关联的应用,或者,将第一屏幕区域当前显示的应用和/或其他屏幕区域当前显示的应用转至后台运行,在多个屏幕区域中显示该视图元素相关联的应用。具体的,设定该多屏的屏幕区域个数为M,设定该视图元素相关联的应用个数为N,其中M>1,N>1,且M和N均为整数;在除第一屏幕区域之外的至少一个屏幕区域显示该视图元素相关联的应用, 包括以下四种情形:In the embodiments of the present application, on the one hand, displaying the application associated with the view element in at least one screen area other than the first screen area can reduce the risk of displaying the application associated with the view element on the first screen area. It shields, and makes full use of the display area of the screen, and displays the application interface of multiple applications on the screen, which is convenient for users to view. On the other hand, the application currently displayed in the first screen area is transferred to the background to run, and the application associated with the view element is displayed on several screen areas in the multi-screen, so that the display of multiple view elements on the screen is associated with the application. Applications, so that people can view the applications associated with the view element at the same time. In some embodiments, when the foldable display screen is in the multi-screen display state, when the user touches any element in the currently displayed application interface in the first screen area (any screen area in the multi-screen display state), the electronic device 100 will Determine the view element corresponding to the touch operation, and obtain the application associated with the view element, display the application associated with the view element in at least one screen area other than the first screen area, or display the first screen area currently And/or applications currently displayed in other screen areas go to the background to run, and the applications associated with the view element are displayed in multiple screen areas. Specifically, the number of screen areas of the multi-screen is set to M, and the number of applications associated with the view element is set to N, where M>1, N>1, and both M and N are integers; At least one screen area outside a screen area displays the application associated with the view element, including the following four situations:
A1.如果屏幕区域个数M-1大于或等于该视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则在M-1个屏幕区域显示从该视图元素相关联的N个应用中选择的索引权重排名在前L的应用,其中,1≤L≤M-1,且L为整数。A1. If the number of screen areas M-1 is greater than or equal to the number N of applications associated with the view element, the index weights selected from the N applications associated with the view element will be displayed in M-1 screen areas. The application of the former L, where 1≤L≤M-1, and L is an integer.
如图4中的(B)~(E)所示,M为2,N为4,用户触摸第一屏幕区域203当前显示的应用界面中的元素1012时,电子设备100确定触摸操作对应的视图元素,获取该视图元素相关联的应用为应用2021、2022、2023和2024,这时电子设备100在第一屏幕区域203显示应用界面101,在第二屏幕区域204显示索引权重排名在前四的四个应用。又如图4中的(F)所示,M为3,N为3,用户触摸第一屏幕区域403当前显示的应用界面中的元素时,电子设备100确定触摸操作对应的视图元素,获取该视图元素相关联的应用为应用4021、4022、4023和4024,这时,电子设备100将在第一屏幕区域403显示应用界面101,在第二屏幕区域404显示索引权重排名在第一的应用4021,在第三屏幕区域405显示索引权重排名在第二的应用4022。As shown in (B) to (E) in FIG. 4, M is 2 and N is 4. When the user touches the element 1012 in the application interface currently displayed in the first screen area 203, the electronic device 100 determines the view corresponding to the touch operation Element, the applications associated with the view element are obtained as applications 2021, 2022, 2023, and 2024. At this time, the electronic device 100 displays the application interface 101 in the first screen area 203, and displays the top four index weights in the second screen area 204 Four applications. As shown in FIG. 4(F), M is 3 and N is 3. When the user touches an element in the application interface currently displayed in the first screen area 403, the electronic device 100 determines the view element corresponding to the touch operation, and obtains the The applications associated with the view elements are applications 4021, 4022, 4023, and 4024. At this time, the electronic device 100 displays the application interface 101 in the first screen area 403, and displays the application 4021 with the index weight ranking first in the second screen area 404. In the third screen area 405, the application 4022 with the second ranking in index weight is displayed.
A2.如果屏幕区域个数M-1大于或等于该视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则从M-1个屏幕区域中选择M-2个屏幕区域,在所选择的M-2个屏幕区域中显示从N个该视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前M-2的应用,在剩余的最后一个屏幕区域显示从剩余的N-M+2个该视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引排名在前P的应用,其中,1≤P≤N-M+2,且P为整数。A2. If the number of screen areas M-1 is greater than or equal to the number N of applications associated with the view element, select M-2 screen areas from M-1 screen areas, and select M-2 screen areas in the selected M-2 screen areas. The area displays the top M-2 applications in index weights selected from the N applications associated with the view element, and the last remaining screen area displays the remaining N-M+2 applications associated with the view element The index selected in the application ranks the top P applications, where 1≤P≤N-M+2, and P is an integer.
如图4中的(G)所示,M为3,N为4,用户触摸第一屏幕区域403当前显示的应用界面中的元素时,电子设备100确定触摸操作对应的视图元素,获取该视图元素相关联的应用为应用4021、4022、4023和4024,这时,电子设备100将在第一屏幕区域403显示应用界面101,在第二屏幕区域404显示索引权重排名在第一的应用4021,在第三屏幕区域405显示索引权重排名在前三的应用4022、4023和4024。As shown in (G) in FIG. 4, M is 3 and N is 4. When the user touches an element in the application interface currently displayed in the first screen area 403, the electronic device 100 determines the view element corresponding to the touch operation, and obtains the view The applications associated with the element are applications 4021, 4022, 4023, and 4024. At this time, the electronic device 100 displays the application interface 101 in the first screen area 403, and displays the application 4021 with the index weight ranking first in the second screen area 404. The third screen area 405 displays the top three applications 4022, 4023, and 4024 with index weight rankings.
A3.如果屏幕区域个数M-1大于该视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则对该视图元素相关联的应用进行分类,并将同一类型的应用分配至同一个屏幕区域显示。A3. If the number of screen areas M-1 is greater than the number of applications associated with the view element N, then the applications associated with the view element are classified, and applications of the same type are allocated to the same screen area for display.
如图4中的(H)所示,M为3,N为4,用户触摸第一屏幕区域403当前显示的应用界面中的元素时,电子设备100确定触摸操作对应的视图元素,获取该视图元素相关联的应用为应用4021、4022、4023和4024,电子设备100对该视图元素相关联的应用进行分类后,应用4021和应用4024为同一类型的应用,应用4022和应用4023为另一同一类型的应用,这时,电子设备100在第一屏幕区域403显示应用界面101,在第二屏幕区域404显示为同一类型的应用4021和应用4024,在第三屏幕区域405显示为另一同一类型的应用4022和应用4023。As shown in (H) in FIG. 4, M is 3 and N is 4. When the user touches an element in the application interface currently displayed in the first screen area 403, the electronic device 100 determines the view element corresponding to the touch operation, and obtains the view The applications associated with the element are applications 4021, 4022, 4023, and 4024. After the electronic device 100 classifies the applications associated with the view element, the application 4021 and the application 4024 are the same type of application, and the application 4022 and the application 4023 are the same. At this time, the electronic device 100 displays the application interface 101 in the first screen area 403, displays the same type of applications 4021 and 4024 in the second screen area 404, and displays another of the same type in the third screen area 405 Application 4022 and application 4023.
A4.如果屏幕区域个数M-1小于该视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则从M-1个屏幕区域中选择N个屏幕区域,在所选择的N个屏幕区域中显示该视图元素相关联的应用。A4. If the number of screen areas M-1 is less than the number N of applications associated with the view element, select N screen areas from M-1 screen areas, and display the view element in the selected N screen areas Associated applications.
具体的,第一屏幕区域当前显示的应用转至后台运行,在该多屏中的若干个屏幕区域显示该视图元素相关联的应用,包括以下三种情形:Specifically, the application currently displayed in the first screen area is transferred to the background to run, and the application associated with the view element is displayed in several screen areas in the multi-screen, including the following three situations:
B1.如果屏幕区域个数M大于或等于该视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则在M个屏幕区域显示从N个该视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前Q的应用,其中,1≤Q≤M,且Q为整数。B1. If the number of screen areas M is greater than or equal to the number of applications associated with the view element N, then the top Q applications selected from the N applications associated with the view element will be displayed in the M screen areas. , Where 1≤Q≤M, and Q is an integer.
如图4中的(I)所示,M为4,N为5,用户触摸当前显示的应用界面中的元素时,电子设备100确定触摸操作对应的视图元素,获取该视图元素相关联的应用为应用5021、5022、5023、5024和5025,电子设备100在第一屏幕区域502显示索引权重排名在第一的应用5011,在第二 屏幕区域503显示索引权重排名在第二的应用5012,在第三屏幕区域504显示索引权重排名在第三的应用5014,在第四屏幕区域505显示索引权重排名在第四的应用5013。As shown in (I) in Figure 4, M is 4 and N is 5. When the user touches an element in the currently displayed application interface, the electronic device 100 determines the view element corresponding to the touch operation, and obtains the application associated with the view element For the applications 5021, 5022, 5023, 5024, and 5025, the electronic device 100 displays the application 5011 with the index weight ranking first in the first screen area 502, and displays the application 5012 with the index weight ranking second in the second screen area 503. The third screen area 504 displays the application 5014 ranked third in index weight, and the fourth screen area 505 displays the application 5013 ranked fourth in index weight.
B2.如果屏幕区域个数M大于或等于该视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则从M个屏幕区域中选择M-1个屏幕区域,在所选择的M-1个屏幕区域中显示从N个该视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前M-1的应用,在剩余的最后一个屏幕区域显示从剩余的N-M+1个该视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引排名在前R的应用,其中,1≤R≤N-M+1,且R为整数。B2. If the number of screen areas M is greater than or equal to the number of applications associated with the view element N, then select M-1 screen areas from the M screen areas, and display slaves in the selected M-1 screen areas The selected index weight of the N applications associated with the view element ranks the top M-1 applications, and the remaining last screen area displays the selected from the remaining N-M+1 applications associated with the view element Applications with index ranking in the top R, where 1≤R≤N-M+1, and R is an integer.
B3.如果屏幕区域个数M大于或等于该视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则对该视图元素相关联的应用进行分类,并将同一类型的应用分配至同一个屏幕区域显示。B3. If the number M of screen areas is greater than or equal to the number N of applications associated with the view element, then the applications associated with the view element are classified and the applications of the same type are allocated to the same screen area for display.
请参阅图9,图9是本申请实施例提供的一种多屏交互的方法的流程示意图的方法的流程示意图。如图9所示,该方法包含步骤S501~S504。Please refer to FIG. 9, which is a schematic flowchart of a method for multi-screen interaction provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, the method includes steps S501 to S504.
S501、电子设备100全屏显示屏幕界面10。S501. The electronic device 100 displays the screen interface 10 in a full screen.
S502、电子设备检测用户对屏幕的触摸操作。S502. The electronic device detects a user's touch operation on the screen.
S503、电子设备100接收用户对屏幕的触摸操作,确定上述触摸操作对应的视图元素。S503. The electronic device 100 receives a user's touch operation on the screen, and determines a view element corresponding to the above touch operation.
本申请实施例中,上述视图元素为屏幕中的元素,所述屏幕包括多个屏幕区域。In the embodiment of the present application, the above-mentioned view element is an element on a screen, and the screen includes a plurality of screen areas.
S504、响应上述触摸操作,电子设备100从所述多个屏幕区域中选择一个屏幕区域显示所述屏幕当前显示的界面,在所述多个屏幕区域中除所选择的屏幕区域之外的至少一个屏幕区域显示所述视图元素相关联的应用;或者:在所述多个屏幕区域显示所述视图元素相关联的应用。S504. In response to the aforementioned touch operation, the electronic device 100 selects one screen area from the multiple screen areas to display the interface currently displayed on the screen, and at least one of the multiple screen areas except the selected screen area The screen area displays the application associated with the view element; or: displays the application associated with the view element in the multiple screen areas.
本申请实施例中,一方面,在除所选择的屏幕区域之外的至少一个屏幕区域显示该视图元素关联的应用,可以降低在所选择的屏幕区域上由于显示上述视图元素相关联的应用所造成的遮挡,并且充分利用了屏幕的显示区域,在屏幕上显示多个应用程序的应用界面,方便用户查看。另一方面,在该多屏中的若干个屏幕区域显示该视图元素相关联的应用,实现在了在屏幕上显示多个视图元素相关联的应用,方便人们同时查看该视图元素相关联的应用。电子设备100在接收到对屏幕的触摸操作时时,电子设备100将可折叠显示屏的显示状态从全屏显示状态切换为多屏显示状态,即可折叠显示屏的屏幕包括至少两个屏幕区域。在可折叠显示屏的显示状态从全屏显示状态切换为多屏显示状态之前,电子设备100触发预设划分规则对可折叠显示屏的显示区域进行划分。In the embodiments of the present application, on the one hand, displaying the application associated with the view element in at least one screen area other than the selected screen area can reduce the cost of displaying the application associated with the view element on the selected screen area. It also makes full use of the display area of the screen, and displays the application interface of multiple applications on the screen, which is convenient for users to view. On the other hand, the application associated with the view element is displayed on several screen areas in the multi-screen, which realizes that the application associated with multiple view elements is displayed on the screen, so that people can view the applications associated with the view element at the same time. . When the electronic device 100 receives a touch operation on the screen, the electronic device 100 switches the display state of the foldable display screen from the full-screen display state to the multi-screen display state, that is, the screen of the foldable display screen includes at least two screen areas. Before the display state of the foldable display screen is switched from the full-screen display state to the multi-screen display state, the electronic device 100 triggers a preset division rule to divide the display area of the foldable display screen.
具体的,设定该多个屏幕区域的个数为M,设定该视图元素相关联的应用个数为N,其中M>1,N>1,且M和N均为整数;在多个屏幕区域中除所选择的屏幕区域之外的至少一个屏幕区域显示该视图元素相关联的应用,包括以下四种情形:Specifically, the number of the multiple screen areas is set to M, and the number of applications associated with the view element is set to N, where M>1, N>1, and both M and N are integers; At least one screen area in the screen area except the selected screen area displays the application associated with the view element, including the following four situations:
C1.如果屏幕区域个数M-1大于或等于该视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则在M-1个屏幕区域对应显示从该视图元素相关联的N个应用中选择的索引权重排名在前L的应用,其中,1≤L≤M-1,且L为整数。具体可参见图4中的(B)~(F)的相关描述,这里不再赘述。C1. If the number of screen areas M-1 is greater than or equal to the number N of applications associated with the view element, the index weight ranking selected from the N applications associated with the view element is correspondingly displayed in the M-1 screen areas In the application of the former L, where 1≤L≤M-1, and L is an integer. For details, please refer to the relevant descriptions of (B) to (F) in FIG. 4, which will not be repeated here.
C2.如果屏幕区域个数M-1大于或等于该视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则从M-1个屏幕区域中选择M-2个屏幕区域,在所选择的M-2个屏幕区域中显示从N个该视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前M-2的应用,在剩余的最后一个屏幕区域显示从剩余的N-M+2个该视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引排名在前P的应用,其中,1≤P≤N-M+2,且P为整数。C2. If the number of screen areas M-1 is greater than or equal to the number N of applications associated with the view element, select M-2 screen areas from the M-1 screen areas, and select M-2 screen areas in the selected M-2 screen areas. The area displays the top M-2 applications in index weights selected from the N applications associated with the view element, and the last remaining screen area displays the remaining N-M+2 applications associated with the view element The index selected in the application ranks the top P applications, where 1≤P≤N-M+2, and P is an integer.
C3.如果屏幕区域个数M-1大于该视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则对该视图元素相关联的应用进行分类,并将同一类型的应用分配至同一个屏幕区域显示。C3. If the number of screen areas M-1 is greater than the number N of applications associated with the view element, then the applications associated with the view element are classified, and applications of the same type are allocated to the same screen area for display.
C4.如果屏幕区域个数M-1小于该视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则从M-1个屏幕区域中选 择N个屏幕区域,在所选择的N个屏幕区域中显示该视图元素相关联的应用。C4. If the number of screen areas M-1 is less than the number N of applications associated with the view element, select N screen areas from M-1 screen areas, and display the view element in the selected N screen areas Associated applications.
具体的,第一屏幕区域当前显示的应用转至后台运行,在上述多个屏幕区域显示所述视图元素相关联的应用,包括以下三种情形:Specifically, the application currently displayed in the first screen area is transferred to the background to run, and the application associated with the view element is displayed in the above-mentioned multiple screen areas, including the following three situations:
D1.如果屏幕区域个数M大于或等于该视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则在M个屏幕区域显示从N个该视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前Q的应用,其中,1≤Q≤M,且Q为整数。D1. If the number of screen areas M is greater than or equal to the number of applications associated with the view element N, then the top Q applications selected from the N applications associated with the view element are displayed in the M screen areas. , Where 1≤Q≤M, and Q is an integer.
D2.如果屏幕区域个数M大于或等于该视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则从M个屏幕区域中选择M-1个屏幕区域,在所选择的M-1个屏幕区域中显示从N个该视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前M-1的应用,在剩余的最后一个屏幕区域显示从剩余的N-M+1个该视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引排名在前R的应用,其中,1≤R≤N-M+1,且R为整数。D2. If the number M of screen areas is greater than or equal to the number N of applications associated with the view element, select M-1 screen areas from the M screen areas, and display slaves in the selected M-1 screen areas The selected index weight of the N applications associated with the view element ranks the top M-1 applications, and the remaining last screen area displays the selected from the remaining N-M+1 applications associated with the view element Applications with index ranking in the top R, where 1≤R≤N-M+1, and R is an integer.
D3.如果屏幕区域个数M大于或等于该视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则对该视图元素相关联的应用进行分类,并将同一类型的应用分配至同一个屏幕区域显示。D3. If the number M of screen areas is greater than or equal to the number N of applications associated with the view element, then the applications associated with the view element are classified, and applications of the same type are allocated to the same screen area for display.
本申请实施例通过在不同于当前显示的应用界面所在屏幕区域之外的任意屏幕区域显示视图元素相关联的作用,实现了在多个屏幕区域显示多个应用,使得用户能够快速浏览或启动视图元素相关联的应用,提高了用户的浏览体验。The embodiment of the present application realizes the display of multiple applications in multiple screen areas by displaying the associated effects of view elements in any screen area other than the screen area where the currently displayed application interface is located, so that the user can quickly browse or start the view. The application associated with the element improves the user's browsing experience.
需要说明的是,在为应用界面101分配屏幕区域时,保持应用界面101当前所属屏幕区域位置不变,或者根据应用界面101当前所在显示区域的位置对应的屏幕区域显示应用界面101,或者,将应用界面101对应的应用索引权重设置为最高,将其显示在屏幕显示优先级最高的屏幕区域。It should be noted that when allocating the screen area to the application interface 101, keep the position of the screen area that the application interface 101 currently belongs to, or display the application interface 101 according to the screen area corresponding to the position of the display area where the application interface 101 is currently located, or The application index weight corresponding to the application interface 101 is set to the highest, and it is displayed in the screen area with the highest screen display priority.
还需要说明的是,在为应用分配屏幕区域时,可以随机为各个应用分配屏幕区域,也可以根据预设分配规则为各个应用分配屏幕区域。It should also be noted that when allocating screen areas to applications, screen areas can be randomly allocated to each application, or screen areas can be allocated to each application according to a preset allocation rule.
示例性的,电子设备100在划分得到屏幕区域后,将设定每个屏幕区域的名称以及对应的显示优先级。这里所指的显示优先级为屏幕区域显示应用的优先程度,屏幕区域的显示优先级越高,该屏幕区域显示应用的优先级越高,比如第一屏幕区域的显示优先级高于第二屏幕区域,在仅有一个应用需要显示的情况下,优先使用第一屏幕区域显示该应用;在有两个或两个以上应用需要显示的情况下,根据预设分配规则为应用分配屏幕区域,具体为根据应用对应的索引权重确定对应的屏幕区域,应用对应的索引权重越高,所确定的屏幕区域对应的屏幕显示优先级越高。Exemplarily, after the electronic device 100 obtains the screen areas by dividing it, the name of each screen area and the corresponding display priority will be set. The display priority referred to here is the priority of the display application of the screen area. The higher the display priority of the screen area, the higher the priority of the display application of the screen area. For example, the display priority of the first screen area is higher than that of the second screen. Area, when there is only one application that needs to be displayed, the first screen area is given priority to display the application; in the case that there are two or more applications that need to be displayed, the screen area is allocated to the application according to the preset allocation rules. In order to determine the corresponding screen area according to the index weight corresponding to the application, the higher the index weight corresponding to the application, the higher the screen display priority corresponding to the determined screen area.
具体的,预设分配规则为根据屏幕显示优先级和应用的索引权重的对应关系为应用分配对应的屏幕区域,应用对应的索引权重越高,对应的屏幕区域的屏幕显示优先级越高。Specifically, the preset allocation rule is to allocate the corresponding screen area to the application according to the corresponding relationship between the screen display priority and the index weight of the application. The higher the index weight corresponding to the application, the higher the screen display priority of the corresponding screen area.
示例性的,在步骤S206之后,还包括步骤S207:Exemplarily, after step S206, step S207 is further included:
S207、电子设备100获取各个屏幕区域中显示的应用对应的第一关键词,在上述应用启动后,在各个屏幕区域中对应显示各个应用对应的第一关键词以及搜索结果。S207. The electronic device 100 obtains the first keywords corresponding to the applications displayed in each screen area, and after the above-mentioned application is started, the first keywords and search results corresponding to each application are correspondingly displayed in each screen area.
在本申请实施例中,屏幕区域中显示的应用为应用名称或应用图标时,在检测到用户对应用名称或应用图标的触摸操作后,电子设备100响应于用户对应用名称或应用图标的触摸操作,获取该应用名称或应用图标对应的应用对应的关键词,在该应用名称或应用图标对应的应用启动后,在对应的屏幕区域上显示各个应用对应的关键词以及该应用根据关键词进行搜索的结果,减少了用户的操作,提高了用户操作的效率,使得用户体验更好。In the embodiment of the present application, when the application displayed in the screen area is the application name or application icon, after detecting the user's touch operation on the application name or application icon, the electronic device 100 responds to the user's touch on the application name or application icon Operate to obtain the keywords corresponding to the application corresponding to the application name or application icon. After the application corresponding to the application name or application icon is started, the corresponding keywords of each application are displayed on the corresponding screen area and the application is performed according to the keywords. The search results reduce user operations, improve the efficiency of user operations, and make user experience better.
示例性的,在一个可能的实现的方式中,电子设备100在确定各个屏幕区域中显示的应用时,同时启动所确定的应用,并获取所确定的应用对应的关键词,在对应的屏幕区域中显示启动后的 应用对应的应用界面,并在该应用界面对应的位置上显示该应用对应的关键词以及搜索结果,进一步减少了用户的操作,提高了用户操作的效率,使得用户体验更好。Exemplarily, in a possible implementation manner, when the electronic device 100 determines the applications displayed in each screen area, it starts the determined application at the same time, and obtains the keywords corresponding to the determined application, and displays them in the corresponding screen area. Displays the application interface corresponding to the application after startup, and displays the keywords and search results corresponding to the application in the corresponding position of the application interface, which further reduces user operations, improves the efficiency of user operations, and makes user experience better .
请参阅图10,图10是本申请实施例提供的另一组屏幕显示界面示意图。如图10所示,可折叠显示屏处于展开状态,包含至少两个屏幕区域。如图10中的(A)所示,可折叠显示屏的屏幕区域个数为2,在第一屏幕区域603显示一应用的对话界面601,在第二屏幕区域604显示屏幕主界面,用户按压触摸对话界面601中显示的对话框消息6011和6012,响应于用户对对话框消息6011和6012的触摸操作,电子设备100在第一屏幕区域603上显示对话框消息6011和6012对应的第一关键词,如图10中的(A)所示的关键词602中的“全聚德”和“王府井”;同时,电子设备100对第一关键词分类,根据分类结果确定对话框消息6011和6012对应的第二关键词为“餐饮”和“地址”,根据第二关键词从应用索引列表中可以查找到对应的应用,所查找到的应用即为与对话框消息6011和6012即视图元素相关联的应用。如图10中的(B)所示,可折叠显示屏的屏幕区域个数为2,电子设备100则在第一屏幕区域603显示对话界面601,在第二屏幕区域604显示查找到的所有与对话框消息6011和6012相关联的两个应用。如图10中的(C)所示,可折叠显示屏的屏幕区域个数为3,即电子设备100将第二屏幕区域604划分为屏幕区域704和屏幕区域705,保持屏幕区域603不变,并将划分后的屏幕区域依次命名为第一屏幕区域703(原屏幕区域603)、第二屏幕区域704和第三屏幕区域705,在第一屏幕区域703显示对话界面701(对话界面701与对话界面601相同),在第二屏幕区域704显示与对话框消息6011和6012相关联的一个应用对应的应用界面,并在该应用界面上显示该应用对应的关键词“全聚德王府井”,在第三屏幕区域705显示与对话框消息6011和6012相关联的另一个应用对应的应用界面,并在该应用界面上显示该应用对应的关键词“全聚德王府井”。Please refer to FIG. 10, which is a schematic diagram of another set of screen display interfaces provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10, the foldable display screen is in an unfolded state and includes at least two screen areas. As shown in (A) in Figure 10, the number of screen areas of the foldable display is 2, the dialogue interface 601 of an application is displayed in the first screen area 603, and the main interface of the screen is displayed in the second screen area 604. The user presses Touching the dialog messages 6011 and 6012 displayed in the dialog interface 601, in response to the user's touch operation on the dialog messages 6011 and 6012, the electronic device 100 displays the first key corresponding to the dialog messages 6011 and 6012 on the first screen area 603 Words, such as "Quanjude" and "Wangfujing" in the keyword 602 as shown in (A) in FIG. 10; at the same time, the electronic device 100 classifies the first keyword and determines that the dialog messages 6011 and 6012 correspond to each other according to the classification result The second keyword of is "dining" and "address". The corresponding application can be found from the application index list according to the second keyword. The found application is related to the dialog messages 6011 and 6012, which are view elements Applications. As shown in (B) in Figure 10, the number of screen areas of the foldable display is 2, and the electronic device 100 displays the dialogue interface 601 in the first screen area 603, and displays all the searched and found in the second screen area 604. Dialog messages 6011 and 6012 are associated with two applications. As shown in (C) in FIG. 10, the number of screen areas of the foldable display is 3, that is, the electronic device 100 divides the second screen area 604 into a screen area 704 and a screen area 705, and keeps the screen area 603 unchanged. And the divided screen areas are named the first screen area 703 (original screen area 603), the second screen area 704, and the third screen area 705 in sequence, and the dialogue interface 701 (the dialogue interface 701 and the dialogue Interface 601 is the same), an application interface corresponding to an application associated with dialog messages 6011 and 6012 is displayed in the second screen area 704, and the keyword "Quanjude Wangfujing" corresponding to the application is displayed on the application interface. The three-screen area 705 displays an application interface corresponding to another application associated with the dialog messages 6011 and 6012, and displays the keyword "Quanjude Wangfujing" corresponding to the application on the application interface.
需要说明的是,在一些实施例中,视图元素对应的第一关键词可以不在屏幕区域中显示,或者视图元素对应的第一关键词可以在屏幕区域中显示并且不可删除。It should be noted that, in some embodiments, the first keyword corresponding to the view element may not be displayed in the screen area, or the first keyword corresponding to the view element may be displayed in the screen area and cannot be deleted.
如图10中的(D)所示,可折叠显示屏处于展开状态,可折叠显示屏的屏幕区域个数为3,用户触摸对话界面801中显示的对话框消息8011和8012,并将对话框消息8011往对话框消息8012的方向拖动,电子设备100响应于用户的触摸拖动操作,识别并提取对话框消息8011和对话框消息8012的关键词,得到一组关键词,在提取过程中对识别到的文字内容进行语义识别和分析,得到至少一个关键词,例如得到一个关键词“周末游玩滑翔伞”,或者两个关键词“周末游玩”、“滑翔伞”,电子设备100在根据关键词查找到对应的应用后,在第一屏幕区域803显示对话界面801,在第二屏幕区域804显示与对话框消息8011和8012相关联的地图应用对应的界面以及关键词对应的搜索结果,在第三屏幕区域显示与对话框消息8011和8012相关联的浏览器应用对应的浏览界面以及关键词对应的搜索结果。As shown in (D) in Figure 10, the foldable display screen is in an unfolded state, the number of screen areas of the foldable display screen is 3, the user touches the dialog messages 8011 and 8012 displayed in the dialog interface 801, and the dialog box When the message 8011 is dragged in the direction of the dialog message 8012, the electronic device 100, in response to the user's touch and drag operation, recognizes and extracts the keywords of the dialog message 8011 and the dialog message 8012, and obtains a set of keywords. During the extraction process Perform semantic recognition and analysis on the recognized text content to obtain at least one keyword, for example, obtain a keyword "weekend play paraglider", or two keywords "weekend play" and "paraglider". The electronic device 100 is based on After the corresponding application is found by the keyword, the dialog interface 801 is displayed in the first screen area 803, and the interface corresponding to the map application associated with the dialog messages 8011 and 8012 and the search results corresponding to the keywords are displayed in the second screen area 804. The browsing interface corresponding to the browser application associated with the dialog messages 8011 and 8012 and the search results corresponding to the keywords are displayed in the third screen area.
示例性的,电子设备100在从该触摸操作所作用的视图元素中识别并提取关键词的过程中,对所提取到的文字内容进行语义识别和扩展,得到至少两个关键词,如图10中的(D)所示的对话框消息8011和对话框消息8012的关键词可以扩展为:周末游、周末景点推荐、周边滑翔伞地点等。Exemplarily, the electronic device 100 performs semantic recognition and expansion on the extracted text content in the process of recognizing and extracting keywords from the view elements acted on by the touch operation, to obtain at least two keywords, as shown in FIG. 10 The keywords of the dialog box message 8011 and the dialog box message 8012 shown in (D) can be expanded to: weekend trips, weekend scenic spots recommendation, surrounding paragliding locations, etc.
请参阅图11,图11是本申请实施例提供的另一组屏幕显示界面示意图。如图11所示,可折叠显示屏处于展开状态,包含至少两个屏幕区域,如图11中的(A)所示,可折叠显示屏的屏幕区域个数为2,其中一个屏幕区域显示购物应用的界面,另一屏幕区域为屏幕主界面或显示另一应用界面,用户触摸应用界面中的视图元素,用户触摸第一屏幕区域902中显示的一应用的购物 界面901中的物品图像9011,并将物品图像9011往第二屏幕区域903的方向拖动,电子设备100响应于用户的触摸拖动操作,识别并提取物品图像9011的关键词“华为手机型号”,根据关键词“华为手机型号”查找到对应的应用为“购物类应用”,电子设备100将在不同于用户当前操作的应用界面所在的屏幕区域的另一屏幕区域显示所查找到的应用,如图11中的(B)所示,所查找到的应用与第一屏幕区域901中显示的应用为同一类型的不同应用,电子设备100将在第二屏幕区域904显示该应用的购物界面903,同时在该购物界面903显示与物品图像9011相同或近似的数据,方便用户比对不同购物应用中同一物品的价格,同时减少了用户去查找应用去比价的操作,提高了用户体验。Please refer to FIG. 11, which is a schematic diagram of another set of screen display interfaces provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 11, the foldable display is in an unfolded state and contains at least two screen areas. As shown in (A) in Figure 11, the number of screen areas of the foldable display is 2, and one of the screen areas displays shopping The interface of the application, the other screen area is the main screen interface or another application interface is displayed, the user touches the view element in the application interface, and the user touches the item image 9011 in the shopping interface 901 of an application displayed in the first screen area 902, And drag the item image 9011 to the direction of the second screen area 903, the electronic device 100, in response to the user’s touch and drag operation, recognizes and extracts the keyword "Huawei phone model" of the item image 9011, according to the keyword "Huawei phone model" "The corresponding application is found to be a "shopping application", and the electronic device 100 will display the found application in another screen area different from the screen area where the user's current application interface is located, as shown in (B) in FIG. 11 As shown, the searched application and the application displayed in the first screen area 901 are different applications of the same type. The electronic device 100 will display the shopping interface 903 of the application in the second screen area 904 and display the shopping interface 903 at the same time. The same or similar data as the item image 9011 facilitates the user to compare the price of the same item in different shopping applications, and at the same time reduces the operation of the user to find the application to compare prices, and improves the user experience.
需要说明的是,在购物界面903显示的与物品图像9011相同或近似的数据,为关键词“华为手机型号”对应的搜索结果。It should be noted that the data that is the same as or similar to the item image 9011 displayed on the shopping interface 903 is a search result corresponding to the keyword "Huawei mobile phone model".
请参阅图12,图12是本申请实施例提供的另一组屏幕显示界面示意图。如图12中的(A)所示,可折叠显示屏处于展开状态,全屏显示日历应用的界面,用户触摸日历应用界面中的日期时,可折叠显示屏将退出全屏显示,并对可折叠显示屏的显示区域进行划分,得到如图12中的(B)和(C)所示的4个屏幕区域,如图12中的(B)和(C)所示,全屏显示的日历应用界面将按照一定的比例缩放到其中一个屏幕区域显示,或者日历应用也可以跳转至后台运行,与视图元素(日期)相关联的应用将在其他屏幕区域中显示。Please refer to FIG. 12, which is a schematic diagram of another set of screen display interfaces provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in (A) in Figure 12, the foldable display is in an unfolded state, and the calendar application interface is displayed on the full screen. When the user touches the date in the calendar application interface, the foldable display will exit the full screen display and display the foldable display The display area of the screen is divided to obtain 4 screen areas as shown in (B) and (C) in Figure 12. As shown in (B) and (C) in Figure 12, the full-screen calendar application interface will be Zoom to one of the screen areas to display according to a certain ratio, or the calendar application can also jump to the background to run, and applications associated with the view element (date) will be displayed in other screen areas.
如图12中的(A)所示,可折叠显示屏全屏显示日历应用的界面111,用户触摸界面111中显示的任意两个日期,指端往两个日期中间的位置移动,这时,触摸操作作用于用户所移动位置范围内的日期,即视图元素对应的关键词为触摸操作作用范围内的至少两个日期,电子设备120响应于这一触摸操作,退出全屏显示,可折叠显示屏被划分为四个屏幕区域,在第一屏幕区域1201显示按照一定比例缩放的界面111,在第二屏幕区域1202显示与日期相关联的闹钟应用,以便于用户设定对应日期的闹钟,在第三屏幕区域1203显示与日期相关联的备忘录应用,以便于用户记录对应日期的备忘事项,在第三屏幕区域显示与日期相关联的浏览器应用,以便于用户浏览对应日期的相关事项比如天气、星座等。As shown in Figure 12(A), the foldable display screen displays the calendar application interface 111 in full screen. The user touches any two dates displayed in the interface 111 and moves the finger to the middle of the two dates. At this time, touch The operation acts on the date within the range of the position moved by the user, that is, the keyword corresponding to the view element is at least two dates within the range of the touch operation. In response to this touch operation, the electronic device 120 exits the full-screen display, and the foldable display screen is Divided into four screen areas, the first screen area 1201 displays the interface 111 scaled according to a certain ratio, and the second screen area 1202 displays the alarm clock application associated with the date, so that the user can set the alarm clock corresponding to the date. The screen area 1203 displays the memo application associated with the date, so that the user can record the memo items of the corresponding date, and the browser application associated with the date is displayed in the third screen area, so that the user can browse related items of the corresponding date such as weather, Constellation etc.
示例性的,在一个可能的实现方式中,电子设备120在识别到触摸作用于的视图元素对应的关键字为日期时,判断所识别到的日期是否为预设节日,预设节日包括但不限于儿童节、情人节、圣诞节等节假日,若所识别到的日期为预设节日,则将当前的第一关键词更新为对应的节日,根据更新后的第一关键词对应的分类结果确定对应的第二关键词,根据第二关键词查找与视图元素相关联的应用。Exemplarily, in a possible implementation manner, when the electronic device 120 recognizes that the keyword corresponding to the view element that the touch acts on is a date, it determines whether the recognized date is a preset holiday, and the preset holiday includes but not Limited to Children’s Day, Valentine’s Day, Christmas and other holidays, if the identified date is a preset holiday, the current first keyword is updated to the corresponding holiday, and the classification result is determined according to the updated first keyword The corresponding second keyword searches for applications associated with the view element according to the second keyword.
如图12中的(C)所示,用户触摸日历界面显示的日期“2月14日”时,电子设备120确定该日期为情人节,将情人节更新为用户所触摸的视图元素对应的关键词,根据“情人节”这一关键词确定日期“2月14日”对应的应用为APP1、APP2和APP3,在第一屏幕区域1301显示日历界面,在第二屏幕区域1302显示APP1以及更新后的关键词对应的搜索结果,在第三屏幕区域1303显示APP1以及更新后的关键词对应的搜索结果,在第二屏幕区域1304显示APP1以及更新后的关键词对应的搜索结果。As shown in (C) in Figure 12, when the user touches the date "February 14" displayed on the calendar interface, the electronic device 120 determines that the date is Valentine's Day, and updates Valentine's Day to the key corresponding to the view element touched by the user. According to the keyword "Valentine's Day", the applications corresponding to the date "February 14" are APP1, APP2, and APP3. The calendar interface is displayed in the first screen area 1301, and APP1 and updated are displayed in the second screen area 1302. The search results corresponding to the keywords of, the search results corresponding to APP1 and the updated keywords are displayed in the third screen area 1303, and the search results corresponding to APP1 and the updated keywords are displayed in the second screen area 1304.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机或处理器上运行时,使得计算机或处理器执行上述任一个方法中的一个或多个步骤。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium, and when it runs on a computer or a processor, the computer or the processor executes any one of the above methods. Or multiple steps.
本申请实施例还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品。当该计算机程序产品在计算机或处理器上运行时,使得计算机或处理器执行上述任一个方法中的一个或多个步骤。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product containing instructions. When the computer program product runs on a computer or a processor, the computer or the processor is caused to execute one or more steps in any of the foregoing methods.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者通过所述计算机可读存储介质进行传输。所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线)或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted through the computer-readable storage medium. The computer instructions can be sent from a website site, computer, server, or data center to another website site, computer, Server or data center for transmission. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例方法中的全部或部分流程,该流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成,该程序可存储于计算机可读取存储介质中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。而前述的存储介质包括:ROM或随机存储记忆体RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可存储程序代码的介质。A person of ordinary skill in the art can understand that all or part of the process in the above-mentioned embodiment method can be realized. The process can be completed by a computer program instructing relevant hardware. The program can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. , May include the processes of the above-mentioned method embodiments. The aforementioned storage media include: ROM or random storage RAM, magnetic disks or optical disks and other media that can store program codes.
以上所述,仅为本申请实施例的具体实施方式,但本申请实施例的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请实施例揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。因此,本申请实施例的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of the embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application is not limited thereto. Any changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the embodiments of the present application shall be covered by this application. Within the protection scope of the application embodiments. Therefore, the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (19)

  1. 一种多屏交互方法,应用于电子设备,其特征在于,包括:A multi-screen interaction method applied to electronic equipment, characterized in that it includes:
    所述电子设备接收到对第一屏幕区域的触摸操作,确定所述触摸操作对应的视图元素,其中所述第一屏幕区域为所述多屏中的任一屏幕区域,所述视图元素为所述第一屏幕区域当前显示的应用界面中的元素;The electronic device receives a touch operation on a first screen area, and determines a view element corresponding to the touch operation, where the first screen area is any screen area in the multi-screen, and the view element is all Describe the elements in the application interface currently displayed in the first screen area;
    所述电子设备响应所述触摸操作,在所述多屏中除所述第一屏幕区域之外的至少一个屏幕区域显示所述视图元素相关联的应用,或者:In response to the touch operation, the electronic device displays the application associated with the view element on at least one screen area other than the first screen area in the multi-screen, or:
    所述第一屏幕区域当前显示的应用转至后台运行,在所述多屏中的若干个屏幕区域显示所述视图元素相关联的应用。The application currently displayed in the first screen area is switched to run in the background, and the application associated with the view element is displayed in several screen areas in the multi-screen.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的多屏交互方法,其特征在于,设定所述多屏的屏幕区域个数为M,设定所述视图元素相关联的应用个数为N,其中所述M>1,所述N>1,且所述M和所述N均为整数;所述在所述多屏中除所述第一屏幕区域之外的至少一个屏幕区域显示所述视图元素相关联的应用,包括:The multi-screen interaction method of claim 1, wherein the number of screen areas of the multi-screen is set to M, and the number of applications associated with the view element is set to N, wherein the M> 1. The N>1, and the M and the N are both integers; in the multi-screen, at least one screen area other than the first screen area displays information associated with the view element Applications, including:
    如果屏幕区域个数M-1大于或等于所述视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则在M-1个屏幕区域显示从所述视图元素相关联的N个应用中选择的索引权重排名在前L的应用,其中,1≤L≤M-1,且所述L为整数,所述索引权重为根据关键词索引到某个应用的权重;或者:If the number of screen areas M-1 is greater than or equal to the number N of applications associated with the view element, the index weights selected from the N applications associated with the view element are displayed in M-1 screen areas. The first L applications, where 1≤L≤M-1, and the L is an integer, and the index weight is the weight indexed to a certain application according to the keyword; or:
    从M-1个屏幕区域中选择M-2个屏幕区域,在所选择的M-2个屏幕区域中显示从N个所述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前M-2的应用,在剩余的最后一个屏幕区域显示从剩余的N-M+2个所述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引排名在前P的应用,其中,1≤P≤N-M+2,且所述P为整数。Select M-2 screen areas from M-1 screen areas, and display the index weights selected from the N applications associated with the view elements in the selected M-2 screen areas and rank in the top M-2 In the last remaining screen area, the top-P indexed applications selected from the remaining N-M+2 applications associated with the view elements are displayed, where 1≤P≤N-M+2 , And the P is an integer.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的多屏交互方法,其特征在于,所述在所述多屏中除所述第一屏幕区域之外的至少一个屏幕区域显示所述视图元素相关联的应用,包括:The multi-screen interaction method according to claim 2, wherein the displaying the application associated with the view element on at least one screen area other than the first screen area in the multi-screen comprises:
    对所述视图元素相关联的应用进行分类,并将同一类型的应用分配至同一个屏幕区域显示。The applications associated with the view elements are classified, and the applications of the same type are allocated to the same screen area for display.
  4. 如权利要求2所述的多屏交互方法,其特征在于,所述在所述多屏中除所述第一屏幕区域之外的至少一个屏幕区域显示所述视图元素相关联的应用,包括:The multi-screen interaction method according to claim 2, wherein the displaying the application associated with the view element on at least one screen area other than the first screen area in the multi-screen comprises:
    如果屏幕区域个数M-1小于所述视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则从M-1个屏幕区域中选择N个屏幕区域,在所选择的N个屏幕区域中显示所述视图元素相关联的应用。If the number of screen areas M-1 is less than the number N of applications associated with the view element, N screen areas are selected from M-1 screen areas, and the view element is displayed in the selected N screen areas Associated applications.
  5. 如权利要求2所述的多屏交互方法,其特征在于,所述第一屏幕区域当前显示的应用转至后台运行,在所述多屏中的若干个屏幕区域显示所述视图元素相关联的应用,包括:The multi-screen interaction method according to claim 2, wherein the application currently displayed in the first screen area is transferred to the background to run, and the view elements associated with the view element are displayed in several screen areas in the multi-screen. Applications, including:
    如果屏幕区域个数M大于或等于所述视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则在M个屏幕区域显示从N个所述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前Q的应用,其中,1≤Q≤M,且所述Q为整数;或者:If the number M of screen areas is greater than or equal to the number N of applications associated with the view element, the top Q applications selected from the N applications associated with the view element are displayed in the M screen areas. , Where 1≤Q≤M, and the Q is an integer; or:
    从M个屏幕区域中选择M-1个屏幕区域,在所选择的M-1个屏幕区域中显示从N个所述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前M-1的应用,在剩余的最后一个屏幕区域显示从剩余的N-M+1个所述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引排名在前R的应用,其中,1≤R≤N-M+1,且所述R为整数。Select M-1 screen areas from M screen areas, and display the top M-1 applications with index weights selected from the N applications associated with the view elements in the selected M-1 screen areas , In the last remaining screen area, display the top R applications selected from the remaining N-M+1 applications associated with the view elements, where 1≤R≤N-M+1, and The R is an integer.
  6. 如权利要求2所述的多屏交互方法,其特征在于,所述在所述多屏中的若干个屏幕区域显示所述视图元素相关联的应用,包括:The multi-screen interaction method according to claim 2, wherein the displaying of the application associated with the view element on the several screen areas in the multi-screen comprises:
    如果屏幕区域个数M大于或等于所述视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则对所述视图元素相关 联的应用进行分类,并将同一类型的应用分配至同一个屏幕区域显示。If the number M of screen areas is greater than or equal to the number N of applications associated with the view element, then the applications associated with the view element are classified and the applications of the same type are allocated to the same screen area for display.
  7. 如权利要求2所述的多屏交互方法,其特征在于,所述电子设备响应所述触摸操作时,包括:The multi-screen interaction method of claim 2, wherein when the electronic device responds to the touch operation, it comprises:
    所述电子设备从所述视图元素中识别并提取关键词,得到所述视图元素对应的第一关键词;The electronic device recognizes and extracts keywords from the view element, and obtains the first keyword corresponding to the view element;
    所述电子设备对所述第一关键词进行分类,并根据分类结果确定第二关键词;The electronic device classifies the first keyword, and determines the second keyword according to the classification result;
    所述电子设备根据所述第二关键词,获取所述视图元素相关联的应用。The electronic device obtains the application associated with the view element according to the second keyword.
  8. 如权利要求7所述的多屏交互方法,其特征在于,所述电子设备响应所述触摸操作时,包括:8. The multi-screen interaction method of claim 7, wherein when the electronic device responds to the touch operation, it comprises:
    所述电子设备获取所述视图元素相关联的应用对应的索引权重;Acquiring, by the electronic device, the index weight corresponding to the application associated with the view element;
    根据各个应用对应的索引权重,确定显示所述视图元素相关联的应用的屏幕区域。According to the index weight corresponding to each application, the screen area for displaying the application associated with the view element is determined.
  9. 一种多屏交互方法,应用于电子设备,其特征在于,包括:A multi-screen interaction method applied to electronic equipment, characterized in that it includes:
    所述电子设备接收到对屏幕的触摸操作时,确定所述触摸操作对应的视图元素,其中所述视图元素为所述屏幕中的元素,所述屏幕包括多个屏幕区域;When the electronic device receives a touch operation on the screen, determining a view element corresponding to the touch operation, where the view element is an element on the screen, and the screen includes multiple screen areas;
    所述电子设备响应所述触摸操作,从所述多个屏幕区域中选择一个屏幕区域显示所述屏幕当前显示的界面,在所述多个屏幕区域中除所选择的屏幕区域之外的至少一个屏幕区域显示所述视图元素相关联的应用;或者:In response to the touch operation, the electronic device selects a screen area from the plurality of screen areas to display the interface currently displayed on the screen, and at least one of the plurality of screen areas except the selected screen area The screen area displays the application associated with the view element; or:
    在所述多个屏幕区域显示所述视图元素相关联的应用。The applications associated with the view elements are displayed in the multiple screen areas.
  10. 如权利要求9所述的多屏交互方法,其特征在于,设定所述多个屏幕区域的个数为M,设定所述视图元素相关联的应用个数为N,其中所述M>1,所述N>1,且所述M和所述N均为整数;所述在所述多个屏幕区域中除所选择的屏幕区域之外的至少一个屏幕区域显示所述视图元素相关联的应用,包括:The multi-screen interaction method of claim 9, wherein the number of the multiple screen areas is set to M, and the number of applications associated with the view element is set to N, wherein the M> 1. The N>1, and the M and the N are both integers; the at least one screen area excluding the selected screen area in the plurality of screen areas displays that the view element is associated The applications include:
    如果屏幕区域个数M-1大于或等于所述视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则在M-1个屏幕区域对应显示从所述视图元素相关联的N个应用中选择的索引权重排名在前L的应用,其中,1≤L≤M-1,且所述L为整数,所述索引权重为根据关键词索引到某个应用的权重;或者:If the number of screen areas M-1 is greater than or equal to the number N of applications associated with the view element, the index weight rankings selected from the N applications associated with the view element are correspondingly displayed in the M-1 screen areas The first L applications, where 1≤L≤M-1, and the L is an integer, and the index weight is the weight indexed to a certain application according to the keyword; or:
    从M-1个屏幕区域中选择M-2个屏幕区域,在所选择的M-2个屏幕区域中显示从N个所述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前M-2的应用,在剩余的最后一个屏幕区域显示从剩余的N-M+2个所述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引排名在前P的应用,其中,1≤P≤N-M+2,且所述P为整数。Select M-2 screen areas from M-1 screen areas, and display the index weights selected from the N applications associated with the view elements in the selected M-2 screen areas and rank in the top M-2 In the last remaining screen area, the top-P indexed applications selected from the remaining N-M+2 applications associated with the view elements are displayed, where 1≤P≤N-M+2 , And the P is an integer.
  11. 如权利要求10所述的多屏交互方法,其特征在于,所述在所述多个屏幕区域中除所选择的屏幕区域之外的至少一个屏幕区域显示所述视图元素相关联的应用,包括:The multi-screen interaction method according to claim 10, wherein said displaying the application associated with the view element in at least one screen area of the plurality of screen areas excluding the selected screen area comprises :
    对所述视图元素相关联的应用进行分类,并将同一类型的应用分配至同一个屏幕区域显示。The applications associated with the view elements are classified, and the applications of the same type are allocated to the same screen area for display.
  12. 如权利要求10所述的多屏交互方法,其特征在于,所述在所述多个屏幕区域中除所选择的屏幕区域之外的至少一个屏幕区域显示所述视图元素相关联的应用,包括:The multi-screen interaction method according to claim 10, wherein said displaying the application associated with the view element in at least one screen area of the plurality of screen areas excluding the selected screen area comprises :
    如果屏幕区域个数M-1小于所述视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则从M-1个屏幕区域中选择N个屏幕区域,在所选择的N个屏幕区域中显示所述视图元素相关联的应用。If the number of screen areas M-1 is less than the number N of applications associated with the view element, N screen areas are selected from M-1 screen areas, and the view element is displayed in the selected N screen areas Associated applications.
  13. 如权利要求10所述的多屏交互方法,其特征在于,所述在所述多个屏幕区域显示所述视图元素相关联的应用,包括:10. The multi-screen interaction method of claim 10, wherein the displaying the application associated with the view element in the multiple screen areas comprises:
    如果屏幕区域个数M大于或等于所述视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则在M个屏幕区域显示从N个所述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前Q的应用,其中,1≤Q≤M,且 所述Q为整数;或者:If the number M of screen areas is greater than or equal to the number N of applications associated with the view element, the top Q applications selected from the N applications associated with the view element are displayed in the M screen areas. , Where 1≤Q≤M, and the Q is an integer; or:
    从M个屏幕区域中选择M-1个屏幕区域,在所选择的M-1个屏幕区域中显示从N个所述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引权重排名在前M-1的应用,在剩余的最后一个屏幕区域显示从剩余的N-M+1个所述视图元素相关联的应用中选择的索引排名在前R的应用,其中,1≤R≤N-M+1,且所述R为整数。Select M-1 screen areas from M screen areas, and display the top M-1 applications with index weights selected from the N applications associated with the view elements in the selected M-1 screen areas , In the last remaining screen area, display the top R applications selected from the remaining N-M+1 applications associated with the view elements, where 1≤R≤N-M+1, and The R is an integer.
  14. 如权利要求10所述的多屏交互方法,其特征在于,所述在所述多个屏幕区域显示所述视图元素相关联的应用,包括:10. The multi-screen interaction method of claim 10, wherein the displaying the application associated with the view element in the multiple screen areas comprises:
    如果屏幕区域个数M大于或等于所述视图元素相关联的应用个数N,则对所述视图元素相关联的应用进行分类,并将同一类型的应用分配至同一个屏幕区域显示。If the number M of screen areas is greater than or equal to the number N of applications associated with the view element, then the applications associated with the view element are classified and the applications of the same type are allocated to the same screen area for display.
  15. 如权利要求9所述的多屏交互方法,其特征在于,所述电子设备响应所述触摸操作时,包括:The multi-screen interaction method of claim 9, wherein when the electronic device responds to the touch operation, the method comprises:
    所述电子设备从所述视图元素中识别并提取关键词,得到所述视图元素对应的第一关键词;The electronic device recognizes and extracts keywords from the view element, and obtains the first keyword corresponding to the view element;
    所述电子设备对所述第一关键词进行分类,并根据分类结果确定第二关键词;The electronic device classifies the first keyword, and determines the second keyword according to the classification result;
    所述电子设备根据所述第二关键词,获取所述视图元素相关联的应用。The electronic device obtains the application associated with the view element according to the second keyword.
  16. 如权利要求9所述的多屏交互方法,其特征在于,所述电子设备响应所述触摸操作时,包括:The multi-screen interaction method of claim 9, wherein when the electronic device responds to the touch operation, the method comprises:
    所述电子设备获取所述视图元素相关联的应用对应的索引权重;Acquiring, by the electronic device, the index weight corresponding to the application associated with the view element;
    根据各个应用对应的索引权重,确定显示所述视图元素相关联的应用的屏幕区域。According to the index weight corresponding to each application, the screen area for displaying the application associated with the view element is determined.
  17. 一种电子设备,包括存储器、处理器以及存储在所述存储器中并可在所述处理器上运行的计算机程序,其特征在于,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现如权利要求1至16任一项所述多屏交互方法。An electronic device, comprising a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored in the memory and capable of running on the processor, wherein the processor executes the computer program as claimed in claims 1 to 16. Any of the multi-screen interaction methods.
  18. 一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,其特征在于,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至16任一项所述多屏交互方法。A computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program, wherein the computer program implements the multi-screen interaction method according to any one of claims 1 to 16 when the computer program is executed by a processor.
  19. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品在所述电子设备上运行时,使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1至16任一项所述多屏交互方法。A computer program product, wherein when the computer program product runs on the electronic device, the electronic device executes the multi-screen interaction method according to any one of claims 1 to 16.
PCT/CN2021/079475 2020-04-01 2021-03-08 Multi-screen interaction method, electronic device, and computer-readable storage medium WO2021196980A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010250263.3 2020-04-01
CN202010250263.3A CN113497835B (en) 2020-04-01 2020-04-01 Multi-screen interaction method, electronic equipment and computer readable storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021196980A1 true WO2021196980A1 (en) 2021-10-07

Family

ID=77926918

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/079475 WO2021196980A1 (en) 2020-04-01 2021-03-08 Multi-screen interaction method, electronic device, and computer-readable storage medium

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN113497835B (en)
WO (1) WO2021196980A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113920496A (en) * 2021-10-29 2022-01-11 平安银行股份有限公司 Data mining method and device, computer equipment and storage medium

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116204143A (en) * 2021-11-30 2023-06-02 华为技术有限公司 Interface display method and device

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20160092064A1 (en) * 2014-06-20 2016-03-31 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method and Apparatus for Displaying Application Interface, and Electronic Device
CN106227483A (en) * 2016-07-26 2016-12-14 珠海市魅族科技有限公司 A kind of display control method and mobile terminal
US20180284948A1 (en) * 2017-03-29 2018-10-04 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for split-window display
CN108717366A (en) * 2018-03-30 2018-10-30 斑马网络技术有限公司 The display page adaptation system and its adaptation method of vehicle-carrying display screen
CN110865744A (en) * 2019-09-30 2020-03-06 华为技术有限公司 Split-screen display method and electronic equipment

Family Cites Families (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102270953B1 (en) * 2014-08-22 2021-07-01 삼성전자주식회사 Method for display screen in electronic device and the device thereof
CN104657081B (en) * 2015-03-19 2018-04-27 上海创功通讯技术有限公司 The processing method of mobile terminal and its picture
WO2016154893A1 (en) * 2015-03-31 2016-10-06 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for processing new message associated with application
KR20170047059A (en) * 2015-10-22 2017-05-04 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal for displaying information and controlling method thereof
AU2017101431B4 (en) * 2016-10-26 2018-05-17 Apple Inc. User interfaces for browsing content from multiple content applications on an electronic device
CN108604154B (en) * 2017-01-22 2020-09-25 华为技术有限公司 Method for displaying graphical user interface based on gestures and electronic equipment
CN107783808A (en) * 2017-09-28 2018-03-09 努比亚技术有限公司 A kind of terminal processing method, terminal and computer-readable recording medium
WO2020000445A1 (en) * 2018-06-29 2020-01-02 华为技术有限公司 Method for browsing folder of application, and electronic device
CN110401766B (en) * 2019-05-22 2021-12-21 华为技术有限公司 Shooting method and terminal
CN110162238A (en) * 2019-05-23 2019-08-23 努比亚技术有限公司 It is a kind of fast to call associated application method and device, mobile terminal and storage medium
CN110457604A (en) * 2019-07-03 2019-11-15 平安科技(深圳)有限公司 Recommended method and relevant device based on artificial intelligence
CN110471639B (en) * 2019-07-23 2022-10-18 华为技术有限公司 Display method and related device
CN110928614B (en) * 2019-10-11 2021-06-29 广州视源电子科技股份有限公司 Interface display method, device, equipment and storage medium

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20160092064A1 (en) * 2014-06-20 2016-03-31 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method and Apparatus for Displaying Application Interface, and Electronic Device
CN106227483A (en) * 2016-07-26 2016-12-14 珠海市魅族科技有限公司 A kind of display control method and mobile terminal
US20180284948A1 (en) * 2017-03-29 2018-10-04 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for split-window display
CN108717366A (en) * 2018-03-30 2018-10-30 斑马网络技术有限公司 The display page adaptation system and its adaptation method of vehicle-carrying display screen
CN110865744A (en) * 2019-09-30 2020-03-06 华为技术有限公司 Split-screen display method and electronic equipment

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113920496A (en) * 2021-10-29 2022-01-11 平安银行股份有限公司 Data mining method and device, computer equipment and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113497835B (en) 2023-10-20
CN113497835A (en) 2021-10-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021013158A1 (en) Display method and related apparatus
CN109814766B (en) Application display method and electronic equipment
WO2021103981A1 (en) Split-screen display processing method and apparatus, and electronic device
CN113645351B (en) Application interface interaction method, electronic device and computer-readable storage medium
CN110119296B (en) Method for switching parent page and child page and related device
CN111669459B (en) Keyboard display method, electronic device and computer readable storage medium
CN114327666B (en) Application starting method and device and electronic equipment
CN111443836B (en) Method for temporarily storing application interface and electronic equipment
WO2021000841A1 (en) Method for generating user profile photo, and electronic device
CN111970401B (en) Call content processing method, electronic equipment and storage medium
WO2020155875A1 (en) Display method for electronic device, graphic user interface and electronic device
CN113961157A (en) Display interaction system, display method and equipment
CN112068907A (en) Interface display method and electronic equipment
CN113746961A (en) Display control method, electronic device, and computer-readable storage medium
WO2021196980A1 (en) Multi-screen interaction method, electronic device, and computer-readable storage medium
WO2023138305A9 (en) Card display method, electronic device, and computer readable storage medium
CN114244951B (en) Method for opening page by application program, medium and electronic equipment thereof
EP4372579A1 (en) Application recommendation method and electronic device
WO2023207799A1 (en) Message processing method and electronic device
CN113934352B (en) Notification message processing method, electronic device and computer-readable storage medium
WO2024139934A1 (en) Multi-window presentation method for application programs, and electronic device
WO2023160455A1 (en) Object deletion method and electronic device
WO2022089276A1 (en) Collection processing method and related apparatus
CN114816171A (en) List display method, terminal device and computer-readable storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21780129

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21780129

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1